TW202142408A - Optical film and flexible display device that comprises at least one resin selected from a group consisting of a polyimide resin and a polyamide resin and has a total light transmittance of 85% or more and a haze of 0.5% or less, and an in-plane phase difference RO of 40-300 nm - Google Patents

Optical film and flexible display device that comprises at least one resin selected from a group consisting of a polyimide resin and a polyamide resin and has a total light transmittance of 85% or more and a haze of 0.5% or less, and an in-plane phase difference RO of 40-300 nm Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202142408A
TW202142408A TW110109112A TW110109112A TW202142408A TW 202142408 A TW202142408 A TW 202142408A TW 110109112 A TW110109112 A TW 110109112A TW 110109112 A TW110109112 A TW 110109112A TW 202142408 A TW202142408 A TW 202142408A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
optical film
formula
film
resin
group
Prior art date
Application number
TW110109112A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
大松一喜
福井仁之
唐澤真義
Original Assignee
日商住友化學股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商住友化學股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商住友化學股份有限公司
Publication of TW202142408A publication Critical patent/TW202142408A/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J7/00Chemical treatment or coating of shaped articles made of macromolecular substances
    • C08J7/04Coating
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/18Manufacture of films or sheets
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/14Polyamide-imides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J7/00Chemical treatment or coating of shaped articles made of macromolecular substances
    • C08J7/04Coating
    • C08J7/042Coating with two or more layers, where at least one layer of a composition contains a polymer binder
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J7/00Chemical treatment or coating of shaped articles made of macromolecular substances
    • C08J7/04Coating
    • C08J7/046Forming abrasion-resistant coatings; Forming surface-hardening coatings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D179/00Coating compositions based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen, with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C09D161/00 - C09D177/00
    • C09D179/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C09D179/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D7/00Features of coating compositions, not provided for in group C09D5/00; Processes for incorporating ingredients in coating compositions
    • C09D7/40Additives
    • C09D7/60Additives non-macromolecular
    • C09D7/61Additives non-macromolecular inorganic
    • C09D7/62Additives non-macromolecular inorganic modified by treatment with other compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/04Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements made of organic materials, e.g. plastics
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/10Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/30Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements
    • G09F9/301Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements flexible foldable or roll-able electronic displays, e.g. thin LCD, OLED
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2367/00Characterised by the use of polyesters obtained by reactions forming a carboxylic ester link in the main chain; Derivatives of such polymers
    • C08J2367/02Polyesters derived from dicarboxylic acids and dihydroxy compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2377/00Characterised by the use of polyamides obtained by reactions forming a carboxylic amide link in the main chain; Derivatives of such polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2379/00Characterised by the use of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08J2361/00 - C08J2377/00
    • C08J2379/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08J2379/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2479/00Characterised by the use of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08J2461/00 - C08J2477/00
    • C08J2479/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08J2479/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Manufacture Of Macromolecular Shaped Articles (AREA)
  • Devices For Indicating Variable Information By Combining Individual Elements (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)
  • Surface Treatment Of Optical Elements (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides an optical film that is excellent in visibility in a wide-angle direction and has a low in-plane phase difference R0 and a flexible display device including the optical film. An optical film which comprises at least one resin selected from a group consisting of a polyimide resin and a polyamide resin and has a total light transmittance of 85% or more and a haze of 0.5% or less, and an in-plane phase difference RO of 40-300 nm, when the direction of the in-plane of the optical film parallel to a machine flow direction during manufacturing is defined as a MD direction, and the direction perpendicular to the machine flow direction is defined as a TD direction, according to JIS K 7374, when the width of an optical comb is 0.125 mm, a first transmission image definition degree C60(MD) obtained in a direction inclined by 60 DEG toward the MD direction from a direction perpendicular to the plane of the optical film, a second transmission image definition degree C60(TD) in a direction inclined by 60 DEG toward the TD direction from the perpendicular direction, and a third transmission image definition degree C0 in the perpendicular direction satisfy the following formulas: Formula (1): 87% ≤ C60(MD) ≤ 100% … (1); Formula (2): 87% ≤ C60(TD) ≤ 100% … (2); and Formula (3): 0.8 ≤ C60(MD)/C0 ≤ 1 … (3).

Description

光學膜及可撓式顯示裝置Optical film and flexible display device

本發明係關於一種包含選自由聚醯亞胺系樹脂及聚醯胺系樹脂所組成之群中之至少一種樹脂之光學膜、及具備該光學膜之可撓式顯示裝置。The present invention relates to an optical film containing at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide resins and polyamide resins, and a flexible display device provided with the optical film.

先前,使用玻璃作為太陽電池或圖像顯示裝置等顯示構件之材料。但,針對近年來小型化、薄型化、輕量化及可撓化之要求,玻璃材質並不能滿足該要求,從而研究各種膜作為玻璃之替代材料。作為此種膜,例如有聚醯亞胺膜(例如專利文獻1及2)。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻]Previously, glass was used as a material for display components such as solar cells or image display devices. However, in response to recent requirements for miniaturization, thinning, weight reduction, and flexibility, glass materials cannot meet the requirements, and various films have been studied as alternative materials for glass. As such a film, for example, there is a polyimide film (for example, Patent Documents 1 and 2). [Prior Technical Literature] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本專利特開2009-215412號公報 [專利文獻2]日本專利特開2020-3781號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-215412 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2020-3781

[發明所欲解決之問題][The problem to be solved by the invention]

於將聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜應用於可撓式顯示裝置之前面板等透明構件之情形時,有時要在圖像顯示面彎曲之狀態下顯示影像,因此與非彎曲性之圖像顯示面相比,要求在廣角方向上有優異之視認性。然而,根據本發明者之研究,存在先前之聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜無法充分滿足廣角方向之視認性之情形。又,本發明者發現於面內相位差R0 過大之情形時,在對光學膜實施高溫之熱處理時光學膜會產生翹曲,或於光學膜為積層體時可能產生層間剝離,而先前之聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜有面內相位差R0 過大之情形。When a polyimide-based resin film is applied to a transparent member such as a front panel of a flexible display device, it is sometimes necessary to display an image in a state where the image display surface is curved, so it is similar to a non-flexible image display surface. Compared with, it is required to have excellent visibility in the wide-angle direction. However, according to the research of the present inventors, there are cases where the prior polyimide-based resin film cannot sufficiently satisfy the visibility in the wide-angle direction. In addition, the inventors found that when the in-plane phase difference R 0 is too large, the optical film may warp when the optical film is subjected to high-temperature heat treatment, or interlayer peeling may occur when the optical film is a laminate. In the polyimide resin film, the in-plane phase difference R 0 may be too large.

進而,根據本發明者之研究,例如專利文獻1及2中記載之光學膜有廣角方向之視認性及投影像之視認性下降之情形。Furthermore, according to the research of the present inventors, for example, the optical films described in Patent Documents 1 and 2 have a situation in which the visibility in the wide-angle direction and the visibility of the projected image are reduced.

因此,本發明之目的在於提供一種廣角方向之視認性優異且具有低面內相位差R0 之光學膜、及具備該光學膜之可撓式顯示裝置。 [解決問題之技術手段]Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide an optical film having excellent visibility in a wide-angle direction and a low in-plane phase difference R 0 , and a flexible display device provided with the optical film. [Technical means to solve the problem]

本發明者等為了解決上述課題而進行了努力研究,結果發現如下光學膜可解決上述課題從而完成本發明,該光學膜係包含選自由聚醯亞胺系樹脂及聚醯胺系樹脂所組成之群中之至少一種樹脂者,其全光線透過率為85%以上,霧度為0.5%以下,25℃下之拉伸彈性模數為5.1 GPa以上,面內相位差R0 為40~300 nm,上述光學膜之透射圖像清晰度值(C60 (MD(Machine direction,機械方向))、C60 (TD(Transverse Direction,橫向))及C0 )滿足規定關係。即,本發明中包含以下態樣。The inventors of the present invention have made diligent studies to solve the above-mentioned problems, and as a result, they have found that the following optical film can solve the above-mentioned problems to complete the present invention. The optical film includes a polyimide-based resin and a polyimide-based resin. At least one resin in the group, the total light transmittance is 85% or more, the haze is 0.5% or less, the tensile modulus of elasticity at 25°C is 5.1 GPa or more, and the in-plane phase difference R 0 is 40~300 nm , The transmission image clarity values (C 60 (MD (Machine direction, machine direction)), C 60 (TD (Transverse Direction, lateral direction)) and C 0 ) of the above-mentioned optical film satisfy the specified relationship. That is, the following aspects are included in the present invention.

[1]一種光學膜,其係包含選自由聚醯亞胺系樹脂及聚醯胺系樹脂所組成之群中之至少一種樹脂者,且全光線透過率為85%以上,霧度為0.5%以下,面內相位差R0 為40~300 nm, 於將上述光學膜面內與製造時之機械流動方向平行之方向設為MD方向、與該機械流動方向垂直之方向設為TD方向時, 依據JIS K 7374於光梳之寬度為0.125 mm之情形時所得之自相對於該光學膜之平面垂直之方向朝該MD方向傾斜60°之方向的第1透射圖像清晰度值C60 (MD)、自該垂直方向朝該TD方向傾斜60°之方向之第2透射圖像清晰度值C60 (TD)、及該垂直方向之第3透射圖像清晰度值C0 滿足以下數式, 數式(1): 87%≦C60 (MD)≦100%……(1); 數式(2): 87%≦C60 (TD)≦100%……(2);及 數式(3): 0.8≦C60 (MD)/C0 ≦1.0……(3)。 [2]如上述[1]之光學膜,其中上述第2透射圖像清晰度值及上述第3透射圖像清晰度值進而滿足數式(4): 0.9≦C60 (TD)/C0 ≦1.0……(4)。 [3]如上述[1]或[2]之光學膜,其中面內相位差R0 nm與厚度方向之相位差Rth nm滿足數式(5): 3≦Rth /R0 ≦200……(5)。 [4]如上述[1]至[3]中任一項之光學膜,其中依據JIS K 5600-5-1之耐彎曲性試驗前後之上述霧度之差ΔHaze未達0.3%。 [5]如上述[1]至[4]中任一項之光學膜,其中依據JIS K 5600-5-1之耐彎曲性試驗前後之上述第1透射圖像清晰度值之差ΔC60 (MD)、上述第2透射圖像清晰度值之差ΔC60 (TD)、及上述第3透射圖像清晰度值之差ΔC0 分別未達15。 [6]如上述[1]至[5]中任一項之光學膜,其中選自由聚醯亞胺系樹脂及聚醯胺系樹脂所組成之群中之樹脂之重量平均分子量為350,000以下。 [7]如上述[1]至[6]中任一項之光學膜,其厚度為10~150 μm。 [8]如上述[1]至[7]中任一項之光學膜,其於至少一面具有硬塗層。 [9]如上述[8]之光學膜,其中上述硬塗層之厚度為3~30 μm。 [10]一種可撓式顯示裝置,其具備如上述[1]至[9]中任一項之光學膜。 [11]如上述[10]之可撓式顯示裝置,其進而具備觸控感測器。 [12]如上述[10]或[11]之可撓式顯示裝置,其進而具備偏光板。 [發明之效果][1] An optical film comprising at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide-based resins and polyimide-based resins, and has a total light transmittance of 85% or more and a haze of 0.5% Hereinafter, the in-plane phase difference R 0 is 40 to 300 nm, and when the direction parallel to the mechanical flow direction at the time of manufacture of the above-mentioned optical film is set to the MD direction, and the direction perpendicular to the mechanical flow direction is set to the TD direction, According to JIS K 7374 when the width of the optical comb is 0.125 mm, the first transmission image clarity value C 60 (MD ), the second transmission image sharpness value C 60 (TD) in the direction inclined 60° from the vertical direction to the TD direction, and the third transmission image sharpness value C 0 in the vertical direction satisfy the following formula, Mathematical formula (1): 87%≦C 60 (MD)≦100%……(1); Mathematical formula (2): 87%≦C 60 (TD)≦100%……(2); and Mathematical formula ( 3): 0.8≦C 60 (MD)/C 0 ≦1.0……(3). [2] The optical film of the above [1], wherein the second transmission image sharpness value and the third transmission image sharpness value further satisfy the formula (4): 0.9≦C 60 (TD)/C 0 ≦1.0……(4). [3] The optical film as in [1] or [2] above, wherein the in-plane phase difference R 0 nm and the thickness direction phase difference R th nm satisfy the formula (5): 3≦R th /R 0 ≦200... …(5). [4] The optical film according to any one of [1] to [3] above, wherein the difference ΔHaze between the haze before and after the bending resistance test according to JIS K 5600-5-1 is less than 0.3%. [5] The optical film according to any one of [1] to [4] above, wherein the difference ΔC 60 ( MD), the difference ΔC 60 (TD) of the above-mentioned second transmission image sharpness value, and the difference ΔC 0 of the above-mentioned third transmission image sharpness value are less than 15 respectively. [6] The optical film according to any one of [1] to [5] above, wherein the weight average molecular weight of the resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide-based resins and polyimide-based resins is 350,000 or less. [7] The optical film of any one of [1] to [6] above, which has a thickness of 10 to 150 μm. [8] The optical film of any one of [1] to [7] above, which has a hard coat layer on at least one side. [9] The optical film of the above [8], wherein the thickness of the hard coat layer is 3-30 μm. [10] A flexible display device including the optical film of any one of [1] to [9] above. [11] The flexible display device of [10] above, which further includes a touch sensor. [12] The flexible display device of [10] or [11] above, which is further provided with a polarizing plate. [Effects of the invention]

根據本發明,可提供如下光學膜及具備該光學膜之可撓式顯示裝置,該光學膜之廣角方向之視認性優異且面內相位差R0 較低,因此即便於以高溫進行熱處理後亦不易產生翹曲、剝離。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an optical film and a flexible display device provided with the optical film. The optical film has excellent visibility in the wide-angle direction and low in-plane phase difference R 0 , so even after heat treatment at a high temperature Warping and peeling are not easy to occur.

以下,對本發明之實施方式進行詳細說明。再者,本發明之範圍並不限定於本文說明之實施方式,可於不脫離本發明之主旨之範圍內進行各種變更。又,於針對特定參數記載有複數個上限值及下限值之情形時,可將該等上限值及下限值中之任意之上限值與下限值組合而設為較佳數值範圍。Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail. Furthermore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the embodiments described herein, and various changes can be made without departing from the spirit of the present invention. In addition, when a plurality of upper limit values and lower limit values are recorded for a specific parameter, any upper limit value and lower limit value of the upper limit value and lower limit value can be combined to make a preferable value. Scope.

<光學膜> 本發明之光學膜係包含選自由聚醯亞胺系樹脂及聚醯胺系樹脂所組成之群中之至少一種樹脂者,且全光線透過率為85%以上,霧度為0.5%以下,面內相位差R0 為40 nm~300 nm, 於將上述光學膜面內與製造時之機械流動方向平行之方向設為MD方向、與該機械流動方向垂直之方向設為TD方向時, 依據JIS K 7374於光梳之寬度為0.125 mm之情形時所得之自相對於該光學膜之平面垂直之方向朝該MD方向傾斜60°之方向的第1透射圖像清晰度值C60 (MD)、自該垂直方向朝該TD方向傾斜60°之方向之第2透射圖像清晰度值C60 (TD)、及該垂直方向之第3透射圖像清晰度值C0 滿足以下數式, 數式(1): 87%≦C60 (MD)≦100%……(1); 數式(2): 87%≦C60 (TD)≦100%……(2);及 數式(3): 0.8≦C60 (MD)/C0 ≦1.0……(3)。<Optical film> The optical film of the present invention contains at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide resins and polyamide resins, and has a total light transmittance of 85% or more and a haze of 0.5 % Or less, the in-plane phase difference R 0 is 40 nm to 300 nm, and the direction parallel to the mechanical flow direction at the time of manufacture of the above-mentioned optical film is set to the MD direction, and the direction perpendicular to the mechanical flow direction is set to the TD direction According to JIS K 7374, when the width of the optical comb is 0.125 mm, the first transmission image clarity value C 60 is obtained from a direction perpendicular to the plane of the optical film to a direction inclined 60° to the MD direction (MD), the second transmission image sharpness value C 60 (TD) in the direction inclined 60° from the vertical direction to the TD direction, and the third transmission image sharpness value C 0 of the vertical direction satisfy the following values Formula (1): 87%≦C 60 (MD)≦100%……(1); Formula (2): 87%≦C 60 (TD)≦100%……(2); and Formula (3): 0.8≦C 60 (MD)/C 0 ≦1.0……(3).

MD方向係光學膜面內與製造時之機械流動方向平行之方向,例如表示利用溶液澆鑄法進行製造之情形時與光學膜被搬送之方向平行之方向。TD方向係與上述機械流動方向垂直之方向,例如表示與被搬送之方向垂直之方向。光學膜面內之MD方向及TD方向於其方向不明之情形時利用以下之方法進行決定。關於MD與TD,將光學膜切出至少20點以上之不同方向之截面。更詳細而言,假定一個以光學膜之任意1點為中心之圓,自該光學膜切出其半圓,進而以切斷該半圓後之扇形之中心角成為大致均等之方式將光學膜呈直線狀切斷,而切出20個以上之截面。利用拉曼雷射測定所得之複數個截面之厚度之中心,將1,620 cm-1 附近之峰值強度最大者作為MD方向。The MD direction is the direction in the optical film plane parallel to the direction of the mechanical flow during manufacture, for example, it means the direction parallel to the direction in which the optical film is transported when manufactured by the solution casting method. The TD direction is the direction perpendicular to the above-mentioned mechanical flow direction, for example, it means the direction perpendicular to the conveyed direction. When the MD direction and TD direction in the optical film surface are not clear, use the following method to determine. Regarding MD and TD, cut the optical film at least 20 points in different directions. In more detail, suppose a circle centered on any one point of the optical film, cut out a semicircle from the optical film, and then form the optical film into a straight line so that the central angle of the fan shape after cutting the semicircle becomes approximately equal Shape cutting, and cut more than 20 cross-sections. The center of the thickness of the plurality of cross-sections measured by Raman laser, the highest peak intensity near 1,620 cm -1 is taken as the MD direction.

第1透射圖像清晰度值C60 (MD)係依據日本工業標準(JIS) K 7374所得之自相對於光學膜之平面垂直之方向朝MD方向傾斜60°之方向的透射圖像清晰度值。參照圖1,更具體地說明第1透射圖像清晰度值C60 (MD)。圖1係表示第1透射圖像清晰度值之測定時之光軸之圖。沿著如下軸(第1光軸14)對光學膜1照射第1入射光10(白色光:圖1中以實線標記),該軸係以光學膜1之面上之任意點(第1入射位置11)為支點,自相對於光學膜1垂直之軸(垂直軸3)朝MD方向傾斜60°之角度。然後,使透過光學膜1之第1a透過光12(圖1中以虛線標記)透過與第1光軸14垂直地延伸之第1光梳16。繼而,利用與第1光軸14垂直地延伸之第1受光器19接收透過第1光梳16之第1b透過光18(圖1中以單點鏈線標記)。第1光梳16具有讓第1a透過光12透過之開口部、及遮斷第1a透過光12之遮光部。第1光梳16之狹縫寬度(開口部之寬度)為0.125 mm。 重複使第1光梳16沿與第1光梳16之平面平行之方向且為第1光梳16中之狹縫排列之方向(箭頭A之方向)以規定之單位幅度移動而接收第1b透過光18,從而獲得受光波形。自所得之受光波形獲得相對光量之最大值M及最小值m。基於數式(7):

Figure 02_image001
由所得之M及m算出第1透射圖像清晰度值C60 (MD)。透射圖像清晰度值(第1透射圖像清晰度值、以及後述之第2透射圖像清晰度值及第3透射圖像清晰度值)可使用圖像清晰度值測定器進行測定。The first transmission image sharpness value C 60 (MD) is a transmission image sharpness value obtained from a direction perpendicular to the plane of the optical film to the MD direction inclined 60° according to the Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS) K 7374 . 1, the first transmission image sharpness value C 60 (MD) will be explained more specifically. Fig. 1 is a diagram showing the optical axis when the sharpness value of the first transmission image is measured. The optical film 1 is irradiated with the first incident light 10 (white light: marked by a solid line in Fig. 1) along the following axis (the first optical axis 14), and the axis is defined as an arbitrary point on the surface of the optical film 1 (the first The incident position 11) is the fulcrum, which is inclined at an angle of 60° from the axis perpendicular to the optical film 1 (vertical axis 3) to the MD direction. Then, the 1a-th transmitted light 12 (marked by a dotted line in FIG. 1) transmitted through the optical film 1 is transmitted through the first optical comb 16 extending perpendicular to the first optical axis 14. Then, the first light receiver 19 extending perpendicular to the first optical axis 14 receives the 1b transmitted light 18 (marked by a single-dot chain line in FIG. 1) that has passed through the first optical comb 16. The first optical comb 16 has an opening through which the 1a transmitted light 12 passes, and a light shielding section that blocks the 1a transmitted light 12. The slit width (width of the opening) of the first optical comb 16 is 0.125 mm. Repeatedly move the first optical comb 16 in the direction parallel to the plane of the first optical comb 16 and the direction in which the slits in the first optical comb 16 are arranged (the direction of arrow A) by a predetermined unit amplitude and receive the 1b through Light 18, so as to obtain the received light waveform. Obtain the maximum value M and the minimum value m of the relative light intensity from the received light waveform. Based on the formula (7):
Figure 02_image001
From the obtained M and m, the first transmission image sharpness value C 60 (MD) is calculated. The transmission image sharpness value (the first transmission image sharpness value, and the second transmission image sharpness value and the third transmission image sharpness value described later) can be measured using an image sharpness value measuring device.

若第1透射圖像清晰度值C60 (MD)滿足數式(1),則光學膜於MD方向上之廣角方向之視認性優異。第1透射圖像清晰度值C60 (MD)於數式(1)中為87%以上,就進一步提高光學膜於MD方向上之廣角方向之視認性之觀點而言,較佳為88%以上,更佳為89%以上,進而較佳為90%以上,進而更佳為91%以上,尤佳為92%以上,且通常為100%以下。If the first transmission image clarity value C 60 (MD) satisfies the formula (1), the optical film has excellent visibility in the wide-angle direction in the MD direction. The first transmission image clarity value C 60 (MD) is 87% or more in the formula (1). From the viewpoint of further improving the visibility of the optical film in the wide-angle direction in the MD direction, it is preferably 88% Above, it is more preferably 89% or more, still more preferably 90% or more, still more preferably 91% or more, particularly preferably 92% or more, and usually 100% or less.

第2透射圖像清晰度值C60 (TD)係依據JIS K 7374所得之自相對於光學膜之平面垂直之方向朝TD方向傾斜60°之方向的透射圖像清晰度值。參照圖2,更具體地說明第2透射圖像清晰度值C60 (TD)。圖2係表示第2透射圖像清晰度值之測定時之光軸之圖。沿著如下軸(第2光軸24)對光學膜1照射第2入射光20(白色光:圖2中以實線標記),該軸係以光學膜1之面上之任意點(第2入射位置21)為支點,自相對於光學膜1垂直之軸(垂直軸3)朝TD方向傾斜60°之角度。然後,使透過光學膜1之第2a透過光22(圖2中以虛線標記)透過與第2光軸24垂直地延伸之第2光梳26。繼而,利用與第2光軸24垂直地延伸之第2受光器29接收透過第2光梳26之第2b透過光28(圖2中以單點鏈線標記)。第2光梳26具有讓第2a透過光22透過之開口部、及遮斷第2a透過光22之遮光部。第2光梳26之狹縫寬度(開口部之寬度)為0.125 mm。 重複使第2光梳26沿與第2光梳26之平面平行之方向且為第2光梳26中之狹縫排列之方向(箭頭B之方向)以規定之單位幅度移動而接收第2b透過光28,從而獲得受光波形。自所得之受光波形獲得相對光量之最大值M及最小值m。基於數式(7)由所得之M及m算出第2透射圖像清晰度值C60 (TD)。The second transmission image sharpness value C 60 (TD) is a transmission image sharpness value obtained in accordance with JIS K 7374 from a direction perpendicular to the plane of the optical film inclined by 60° to the TD direction. 2, the second transmission image sharpness value C 60 (TD) will be explained more specifically. Fig. 2 is a diagram showing the optical axis when the sharpness value of the second transmission image is measured. The optical film 1 is irradiated with the second incident light 20 (white light: marked by a solid line in FIG. 2) along the following axis (the second optical axis 24), and the axis is defined as an arbitrary point on the surface of the optical film 1 (the second The incident position 21) is the fulcrum, which is inclined at an angle of 60° from the axis perpendicular to the optical film 1 (vertical axis 3) to the TD direction. Then, the 2a transmitted light 22 (marked by a dotted line in FIG. 2) that has passed through the optical film 1 is transmitted through the second optical comb 26 extending perpendicularly to the second optical axis 24. Then, the second light receiver 29 extending perpendicular to the second optical axis 24 receives the 2b transmitted light 28 (marked by a single-dot chain line in FIG. 2) that has passed through the second optical comb 26. The second optical comb 26 has an opening through which the 2a transmitted light 22 passes, and a light shielding section for blocking the 2a transmitted light 22. The slit width (width of the opening) of the second optical comb 26 is 0.125 mm. Repeatedly move the second optical comb 26 along the direction parallel to the plane of the second optical comb 26 and the direction in which the slits in the second optical comb 26 are arranged (the direction of arrow B) by a predetermined unit amplitude and receive the second b through Light 28, so as to obtain the received light waveform. Obtain the maximum value M and the minimum value m of the relative light intensity from the received light waveform. The second transmission image sharpness value C 60 (TD) is calculated from the obtained M and m based on the equation (7).

若第2透射圖像清晰度值C60 (TD)滿足數式(2),則光學膜於TD方向上之廣角方向之視認性優異。第2透射圖像清晰度值C60 (TD)於數式(2)中為87%以上,就進一步提高光學膜於TD方向上之廣角方向之視認性之觀點而言,較佳為88%以上,更佳為89%以上,進而較佳為90%以上,進而更佳為91%以上,尤佳為92%以上,且通常為100%以下。If the second transmission image clarity value C 60 (TD) satisfies the formula (2), the optical film has excellent visibility in the wide-angle direction in the TD direction. The second transmission image clarity value C 60 (TD) is 87% or more in the formula (2). From the viewpoint of further improving the visibility of the optical film in the wide-angle direction in the TD direction, it is preferably 88% Above, it is more preferably 89% or more, still more preferably 90% or more, still more preferably 91% or more, particularly preferably 92% or more, and usually 100% or less.

第3透射圖像清晰度值C0 係依據JIS K 7374所得之相對於光學膜之平面垂直之方向的透射圖像清晰度值。參照圖3,更具體地說明第3透射圖像清晰度值C0 。圖3係表示第3圖像清晰度值之測定時之光軸之圖。沿與相對於光學膜1垂直之軸(垂直軸3)平行之軸(第3光軸34)對光學膜1之面上之任意點(第3入射位置31)照射第3入射光30(白色光:圖3中以實線標記)。然後,使透過光學膜1之第3a透過光32(圖3中以虛線標記)透過與第3光軸34垂直地延伸之第3光梳36。繼而,利用與第3光軸34垂直地延伸之受光器39接收透過第3光梳36之第3b透過光38(圖3中以單點鏈線標記)。第3光梳36具有讓第3a透過光32透過之開口部、及遮斷第3a透過光32之遮光部。第3光梳36之狹縫寬度(開口部之寬度)為0.125 mm。 重複使第3光梳36沿著與第3光梳36之平面平行之方向且為第3光梳36中之狹縫排列之方向(箭頭C之方向)以規定之單位幅度移動而接收第3b透過光38之操作,從而獲得受光波形。自所得之受光波形獲得相對光量之最大值M及最小值m。基於數式(7)由所得之M及m算出第3透射圖像清晰度值C0The third transmission image clarity value C 0 is a transmission image clarity value obtained in accordance with JIS K 7374 in a direction perpendicular to the plane of the optical film. 3, the third transmission image sharpness value C 0 will be explained more specifically. Fig. 3 is a diagram showing the optical axis when the third image sharpness value is measured. Irradiate any point (third incident position 31) on the surface of the optical film 1 with the third incident light 30 (white) along an axis (third optical axis 34) parallel to the axis perpendicular to the optical film 1 (vertical axis 3) Light: marked with a solid line in Figure 3). Then, the 3a transmitted light 32 (marked by a dotted line in FIG. 3) transmitted through the optical film 1 is transmitted through the third optical comb 36 extending perpendicularly to the third optical axis 34. Then, the light receiver 39 extending perpendicularly to the third optical axis 34 receives the 3b transmitted light 38 (marked by a single-dot chain line in FIG. 3) that has passed through the third optical comb 36. The third optical comb 36 has an opening through which the 3a transmitted light 32 passes, and a light shielding section for blocking the 3a transmitted light 32. The slit width (width of the opening) of the third optical comb 36 is 0.125 mm. Repeatedly move the third optical comb 36 along the direction parallel to the plane of the third optical comb 36 and the direction in which the slits in the third optical comb 36 are arranged (the direction of arrow C) by a predetermined unit amplitude, and receive the third b The operation of the transmitted light 38 obtains the received light waveform. Obtain the maximum value M and the minimum value m of the relative light intensity from the received light waveform. The third transmission image sharpness value C 0 is calculated from the obtained M and m based on the equation (7).

若第1透射圖像清晰度值C60 (MD)及第3透射圖像清晰度值C0 滿足數式(3),則光學膜在相對於光學膜之垂直方向之MD方向上之視認性優異。第1圖像清晰度值C60 (MD)相對於第3透射圖像清晰度值C0 之比(C60 (MD)/C0 )於數式(3)中為0.8以上,就進一步提高於MD方向上之視認性之觀點而言,較佳為0.89以上,更佳為0.90以上,進而較佳為0.93以上,進而更佳為0.94以上,且通常為1.0以下。If the first transmission image definition value C 60 (MD) and the third transmission image definition value C 0 satisfy the formula (3), the visibility of the optical film in the MD direction relative to the vertical direction of the optical film Excellent. The ratio of the first image sharpness value C 60 (MD) to the third transmission image sharpness value C 0 (C 60 (MD)/C 0 ) is 0.8 or more in the formula (3), which is further improved From the viewpoint of visibility in the MD direction, it is preferably 0.89 or higher, more preferably 0.90 or higher, still more preferably 0.93 or higher, still more preferably 0.94 or higher, and usually 1.0 or lower.

第3透射圖像清晰度值C0 較佳為97%以上,更佳為98%以上。第1透射圖像清晰度值C60 (MD)較佳為89%以上,更佳為90%以上,進而較佳為92%以上。The third transmission image clarity value C 0 is preferably 97% or more, more preferably 98% or more. The first transmission image sharpness value C 60 (MD) is preferably 89% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and still more preferably 92% or more.

透射圖像清晰度值(更具體而言為第1透射圖像清晰度值C60 (MD)、第2透射圖像清晰度值C60 (TD)及第3透射圖像清晰度值C0 )可藉由提高光學膜表面之平滑性,抑制於光學膜表面之透過光散射等而進行調整。進而,光學膜表面之平滑性例如可利用光學膜之組成(更具體而言為填料之種類、粒徑及含量等)、及光學膜之製造條件(更具體而言為乾燥溫度、乾燥時間、乾燥系統中之氣流、塗膜之厚度、乾燥步驟中之搬送速度及清漆中之溶劑量等)而進行調整。於光學膜進而包含硬塗層之情形時,可藉由提高硬塗層表面之平滑性,抑制於硬塗層表面之散射等而進行調整。硬塗層之平滑性除可利用上述光學膜之平滑性之調整方法以外,例如可藉由調整溶劑之種類、成分比、固形物成分濃度及添加調平劑等而進行調整。Transmission image sharpness value (more specifically, the first transmission image sharpness value C 60 (MD), the second transmission image sharpness value C 60 (TD), and the third transmission image sharpness value C 0 ) It can be adjusted by improving the smoothness of the surface of the optical film and suppressing the scattering of transmitted light on the surface of the optical film. Furthermore, the smoothness of the surface of the optical film can be used, for example, by the composition of the optical film (more specifically, the type, particle size and content of the filler, etc.), and the manufacturing conditions of the optical film (more specifically, drying temperature, drying time, The airflow in the drying system, the thickness of the coating film, the conveying speed in the drying step, and the amount of solvent in the varnish, etc.) are adjusted. When the optical film further includes a hard coat layer, it can be adjusted by improving the smoothness of the hard coat layer surface and suppressing scattering on the hard coat layer surface. The smoothness of the hard coat layer can be adjusted by adjusting the type of the solvent, the component ratio, the solid content concentration, and the addition of a leveling agent in addition to the above-mentioned adjustment method of the smoothness of the optical film.

就提高本發明之在相對於光學膜之垂直方向之TD方向上之視認性的觀點而言,上述第2透射圖像清晰度值及上述第3透射圖像清晰度值較佳為進而滿足數式(4): 0.9≦C60 (TD)/C0 ≦1.0……(4)。 就進一步提高本發明之於TD方向上之視認性之觀點而言,上述第1透射圖像清晰度值相對於上述第3透射圖像清晰度值之比(C60 (TD)/C0 )較佳為0.9以上,更佳為0.91以上,進而較佳為0.92以上,進而更佳為0.93以上,尤佳為0.94以上,且通常為1.0以下。From the viewpoint of improving the visibility of the present invention in the TD direction relative to the vertical direction of the optical film, it is preferable that the second transmission image sharpness value and the third transmission image sharpness value further satisfy the numerical value Formula (4): 0.9≦C 60 (TD)/C 0 ≦1.0……(4). From the viewpoint of further improving the visibility in the TD direction of the present invention, the ratio of the first transmission image sharpness value to the third transmission image sharpness value (C 60 (TD)/C 0 ) Preferably it is 0.9 or more, more preferably 0.91 or more, still more preferably 0.92 or more, still more preferably 0.93 or more, particularly preferably 0.94 or more, and usually 1.0 or less.

第2透射圖像清晰度值C60 (TD)較佳為89%以上,更佳為90%以上,進而較佳為92%以上。第3透射圖像清晰度值C0 較佳為97%以上,更佳為98%以上,進而較佳為99%以上。The second transmission image clarity value C 60 (TD) is preferably 89% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and still more preferably 92% or more. The third transmission image clarity value C 0 is preferably 97% or more, more preferably 98% or more, and still more preferably 99% or more.

又,本發明之光學膜只要於使光自該光學膜之至少任一面透過之情形時滿足數式(1)~數式(3)(視情況進而滿足數式(4))即可,更佳為於使光自該光學膜之任一面透過之情形時均滿足數式(1)~數式(3)(視情況進而滿足數式(4))。若於使光自任一面透過之情形時均滿足該數式,則例如不論將光學膜之哪一面用於電子裝置之圖像顯示面,廣角方向之視認性均優異。Furthermore, the optical film of the present invention only needs to satisfy formula (1) to formula (3) (and satisfy formula (4) as the case may be) when light is transmitted through at least any one surface of the optical film, and more It is preferable to satisfy the equation (1) to the equation (3) (and further satisfy the equation (4) as the case may be) when the light is transmitted through any surface of the optical film. If this formula is satisfied when light is transmitted from any surface, for example, no matter which surface of the optical film is used for the image display surface of the electronic device, the visibility in the wide-angle direction is excellent.

尤其是將本發明之光學膜應用於可撓式裝置之前面板之情形時,就進一步提高廣角方向之視認性之觀點而言,依據JIS K 5600-5-1之耐彎曲性試驗前後之第1透射圖像清晰度值之差的絕對值ΔC60 (MD)、第2透射圖像清晰度值之差之絕對值ΔC60 (TD)、及第3透射圖像清晰度值之差之絕對值ΔC0 較佳為分別未達15。若耐彎曲試驗前後之該透射圖像清晰度值之差未達15,則尤其是可撓式裝置之圖像顯示面即便於彎曲狀態下使用時及/或於彎曲狀態下使用後,亦具有廣角方向之優異視認性。ΔC60 (MD)更佳為未達1.5,進而較佳為未達1.0,進而更佳為未達0.5。ΔC60 (TD)更佳為未達2.8,進而較佳為未達2.3,進而更佳為未達2.1,尤佳為未達1.5。ΔC0 更佳為未達2,進而較佳為未達1,進而更佳為未達0.7,尤佳為未達0.5。Especially when the optical film of the present invention is applied to the front panel of a flexible device, from the viewpoint of further improving the visibility in the wide-angle direction, the first before and after the bending resistance test according to JIS K 5600-5-1 The absolute value of the difference between the transmission image sharpness values ΔC 60 (MD), the absolute value of the second transmission image sharpness value ΔC 60 (TD), and the absolute value of the third transmission image sharpness value difference ΔC 0 is preferably less than 15 respectively. If the difference in the clarity value of the transmission image before and after the bending resistance test is less than 15, especially the image display surface of the flexible device even when used in the bent state and/or after the use in the bent state, it has Excellent visibility in the wide-angle direction. ΔC 60 (MD) is more preferably less than 1.5, still more preferably less than 1.0, and still more preferably less than 0.5. ΔC 60 (TD) is more preferably less than 2.8, still more preferably less than 2.3, still more preferably less than 2.1, and particularly preferably less than 1.5. ΔC 0 is more preferably less than 2, further more preferably less than 1, even more preferably less than 0.7, and particularly preferably less than 0.5.

進而,本發明之光學膜之全光線透過率為85%以上,霧度為0.5%以下,面內相位差R0 為40~300 nm。於光學膜滿足上述特徵之情形時,光學膜之廣角方向之視認性變得充分,且可提高以高溫進行熱處理後之光學膜之廣角方向之視認性及投影像之視認性。於全光線透過率未達85%或霧度未達0.5%之情形時,由於光學膜之初始光學特性較低,故而無法實現光學膜之充分之視認性。進而,面內相位差R0 未達40 nm之光學膜難以利用包含延伸步驟之製造方法進行製造,因此難以製造具有較高之廣角視認性之膜。又,於面內相位差R0 超過300 nm之情形時,構成光學膜之樹脂之應變過大,因此由於在光學膜積層功能層時之熱處理等而導致光學膜容易產生翹曲及/或層間剝離。因此,認為此種熱處理後之例如積層有功能層之光學膜之廣角方向的視認性及投影像之視認性會下降。Furthermore, the total light transmittance of the optical film of the present invention is 85% or more, the haze is 0.5% or less, and the in-plane phase difference R 0 is 40 to 300 nm. When the optical film satisfies the above-mentioned characteristics, the wide-angle visibility of the optical film becomes sufficient, and the wide-angle visibility of the optical film and the visibility of the projected image after heat treatment at a high temperature can be improved. When the total light transmittance is less than 85% or the haze is less than 0.5%, since the initial optical properties of the optical film are low, the full visibility of the optical film cannot be achieved. Furthermore, it is difficult to manufacture an optical film with an in-plane retardation R 0 of less than 40 nm by a manufacturing method including a stretching step, and therefore it is difficult to manufacture a film with high wide-angle visibility. In addition, when the in-plane phase difference R 0 exceeds 300 nm, the strain of the resin constituting the optical film is too large, so the optical film is likely to warp and/or delamination due to heat treatment during the lamination of the functional layer of the optical film. . Therefore, it is considered that the visibility in the wide-angle direction and the visibility of the projected image of an optical film laminated with a functional layer after such a heat treatment will decrease.

本發明之光學膜之全光線透過率為85%以上,就進一步提高廣角方向之視認性之觀點而言,較佳為87%以上,更佳為88%以上,進而較佳為89%以上,且通常為100%以下。光學膜之全光線透過率可依據JIS K 7361-1:1997使用霧度計進行測定,例如可利用實施例中記載之方法進行測定。本發明之光學膜表現出較高之全光線透過率,因此例如與使用透過率較低之膜之情形相比,可抑制為了獲得一定亮度所需之顯示元件等之發光強度。因此,可減少耗電。例如於將本發明之光學膜組裝至圖像顯示裝置中之情形時,有即便減少背光之光量亦可獲得明亮之顯示之傾向,從而可有助於節能。全光線透過率之上限通常為100%以下。再者,全光線透過率可為後述之光學膜之厚度範圍內之全光線透過率。The total light transmittance of the optical film of the present invention is 85% or more. From the viewpoint of further improving the visibility in the wide-angle direction, it is preferably 87% or more, more preferably 88% or more, and still more preferably 89% or more, And it is usually less than 100%. The total light transmittance of the optical film can be measured using a haze meter in accordance with JIS K 7361-1:1997, for example, it can be measured by the method described in the examples. The optical film of the present invention exhibits a higher total light transmittance, and therefore, compared with the case of using a film with a lower transmittance, for example, the luminous intensity of a display element and the like required to obtain a certain brightness can be suppressed. Therefore, power consumption can be reduced. For example, when the optical film of the present invention is assembled into an image display device, there is a tendency to obtain a bright display even if the amount of light in the backlight is reduced, which can contribute to energy saving. The upper limit of total light transmittance is usually below 100%. Furthermore, the total light transmittance may be the total light transmittance within the thickness range of the optical film described later.

本發明之光學膜之霧度為0.5%以下,就進一步提高廣角方向之視認性之觀點而言,較佳為0.4%以下,更佳為0.3%以下。光學膜之霧度可依據JIS K 7136:2000進行測定。霧度可依據JIS K 7136:2000使用霧度計進行測定,例如可利用實施例中記載之方法進行測定。又,本發明之光學膜之依據JIS K 5600-5-1之耐彎曲性試驗前後的上述霧度之差之絕對值ΔHaze較佳為0.3%以下,更佳為0.2%以下。The haze of the optical film of the present invention is 0.5% or less, and from the viewpoint of further improving the visibility in the wide-angle direction, it is preferably 0.4% or less, more preferably 0.3% or less. The haze of the optical film can be measured in accordance with JIS K 7136:2000. The haze can be measured using a haze meter in accordance with JIS K 7136:2000, for example, it can be measured by the method described in the examples. In addition, the absolute value of the difference ΔHaze of the above-mentioned haze before and after the bending resistance test according to JIS K 5600-5-1 of the optical film of the present invention is preferably 0.3% or less, more preferably 0.2% or less.

關於本發明之光學膜之25℃下之拉伸彈性模數,就易於提高熱處理後之例如積層有功能層之光學膜之廣角方向的視認性及投影像之視認性,且光學膜不易產生凹陷等缺陷之觀點而言,較佳為5.1 GPa以上,更佳為5.2 GPa以上,進而較佳為5.3 GPa以上。又,就易於提高光學膜之可撓性之觀點而言,該拉伸彈性模數較佳為10 GPa以下,更佳為9 GPa以下,進而較佳為8 GPa以下。該彈性模數可使用拉伸試驗機(夾盤間距50 mm,拉伸速度10 mm/min)進行測定,例如可利用實施例中記載之方法進行測定。若拉伸彈性模數在上述範圍內,則光學膜不易產生凹陷缺陷。又,易於抑制由於反覆彎折操作所導致之廣角方向之視認性下降。光學膜之拉伸彈性模數可依據JIS K 7127使用拉伸試驗機進行測定,例如可利用實施例中記載之方法進行測定。拉伸彈性模數例如可藉由提高製造光學膜時之延伸倍率、使用具有後述之較佳結構之樹脂等而調整為上述範圍。Regarding the tensile modulus of elasticity at 25°C of the optical film of the present invention, it is easy to improve the visibility in the wide-angle direction and the visibility of the projected image of the optical film laminated with functional layers after heat treatment, and the optical film is not prone to dents. From the viewpoint of other defects, it is preferably 5.1 GPa or more, more preferably 5.2 GPa or more, and still more preferably 5.3 GPa or more. In addition, from the viewpoint of easy improvement of the flexibility of the optical film, the tensile modulus of elasticity is preferably 10 GPa or less, more preferably 9 GPa or less, and even more preferably 8 GPa or less. The elastic modulus can be measured using a tensile testing machine (the chuck spacing is 50 mm, the tensile speed is 10 mm/min), for example, it can be measured by the method described in the examples. If the tensile modulus of elasticity is within the above range, the optical film is less prone to dent defects. In addition, it is easy to suppress the decrease in visibility in the wide-angle direction due to repeated bending operations. The tensile elastic modulus of the optical film can be measured using a tensile tester in accordance with JIS K 7127, for example, it can be measured by the method described in the examples. The tensile modulus of elasticity can be adjusted to the above-mentioned range by, for example, increasing the stretching ratio at the time of manufacturing the optical film, using a resin having a preferable structure described later, or the like.

本發明之光學膜之80℃下之拉伸彈性模數較佳為4~9 GPa,更佳為4.5~8.5 GPa。若拉伸彈性模數在上述範圍內,則光學膜不易產生凹陷缺陷。該彈性模數可依據JIS K 7127進行測定,例如可利用實施例中記載之方法進行測定。The tensile modulus of elasticity at 80°C of the optical film of the present invention is preferably 4-9 GPa, more preferably 4.5-8.5 GPa. If the tensile modulus of elasticity is within the above range, the optical film is less prone to dent defects. The elastic modulus can be measured in accordance with JIS K 7127, for example, it can be measured by the method described in the examples.

本發明之光學膜之面內相位差R0 為40~300 nm。於面內相位差R0 未達40 nm之情形時,難以獲得光學特性優異之膜。又,於面內相位差R0 超過300 nm之情形時,容易因在光學膜積層功能層時之熱處理等而導致光學膜產生翹曲及/或層間剝離。關於該面內相位差R0 ,就膜表面之平滑性之觀點而言,較佳為50 nm以上,更佳為60 nm以上,進而較佳為70 nm以上,就與其他構件之積層之觀點而言,較佳為290 nm以下,更佳為280 nm以下。 R0 可利用相位差測定裝置進行測定,例如可利用實施例中記載之方法進行測定。面內相位差R0 可藉由使用後述之較佳樹脂之方法、調整延伸倍率之方法等而調整為上述範圍。The in-plane phase difference R 0 of the optical film of the present invention is 40 to 300 nm. When the in-plane phase difference R 0 is less than 40 nm, it is difficult to obtain a film with excellent optical properties. In addition, when the in-plane retardation R 0 exceeds 300 nm, the optical film is likely to be warped and/or delamination due to heat treatment when the functional layer is laminated on the optical film. Regarding the in-plane phase difference R 0 , from the viewpoint of the smoothness of the film surface, it is preferably 50 nm or more, more preferably 60 nm or more, and still more preferably 70 nm or more, from the viewpoint of stacking with other members In particular, it is preferably 290 nm or less, and more preferably 280 nm or less. R 0 can be measured by a phase difference measuring device, for example, can be measured by the method described in the examples. The in-plane phase difference R 0 can be adjusted to the above-mentioned range by a method of using a preferable resin described later, a method of adjusting a stretching ratio, and the like.

本發明之光學膜之面內相位差R0 nm與厚度方向之相位差Rth nm較佳為滿足數式(5)。 式(5): 3≦Rth /R0 ≦200……(5) 數式(5)中之Rth /R0 較佳為3以上,更佳為4以上,進而較佳為5以上,且較佳為190以下,更佳為180以下,進而較佳為150以下。於Rth /R0 為上述下限以上之情形時,易於防止膜變得過硬,且防止使膜變形時之破裂。又,於Rth /R0 為上述上限以下之情形時,易於提高膜之平滑性。再者,Rth 可利用相位差測定裝置進行測定,例如可利用實施例中記載之方法進行測定。 The in-plane retardation R 0 nm of the optical film of the present invention and the thickness direction retardation R th nm preferably satisfy the equation (5). Formula (5): 3≦R th /R 0 ≦200……(5) R th /R 0 in the formula (5) is preferably 3 or more, more preferably 4 or more, and still more preferably 5 or more, And it is preferably 190 or less, more preferably 180 or less, and still more preferably 150 or less. When R th /R 0 is more than the above lower limit, it is easy to prevent the film from becoming too hard and to prevent the film from breaking when it is deformed. In addition, when R th /R 0 is less than or equal to the above upper limit, it is easy to improve the smoothness of the film. In addition, R th can be measured by a phase difference measuring device, for example, can be measured by the method described in the examples.

本發明之光學膜之Rth 並無特別限定,就膜之彎曲性之觀點而言,較佳為100 nm以上,更佳為300 nm以上,進而較佳為500 nm以上,就光學視認性之觀點而言,較佳為4,000 nm以下,更佳為3,900 nm以下,進而較佳為3,800 nm以下。 The R th of the optical film of the present invention is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of the flexibility of the film, it is preferably 100 nm or more, more preferably 300 nm or more, and still more preferably 500 nm or more. From a viewpoint, it is preferably 4,000 nm or less, more preferably 3,900 nm or less, and still more preferably 3,800 nm or less.

關於本發明之光學膜之作為黃度之標準的YI值,就易於進一步提高視認性之觀點而言,較佳為4.0以下,更佳為3.0以下,進而較佳為2.5以下,進而更佳為2.0以下,尤佳為1.9以下,尤其更佳為1.8以下。又,YI值較佳為-5以上,更佳為-2以上。再者,YI值可使用紫外-可見-近紅外分光光度計對於300~800 nm之光進行透過率測定,求出三刺激值(X、Y、Z),並基於YI=100×(1.2769X-1.0592Z)/Y之式而算出。Regarding the YI value as a standard of yellowness of the optical film of the present invention, from the viewpoint of facilitating further improvement of visibility, it is preferably 4.0 or less, more preferably 3.0 or less, further preferably 2.5 or less, and still more preferably 2.0 or less, more preferably 1.9 or less, especially more preferably 1.8 or less. In addition, the YI value is preferably -5 or more, more preferably -2 or more. Furthermore, the YI value can be measured with an ultraviolet-visible-near-infrared spectrophotometer for the transmittance of light from 300 to 800 nm to obtain the tristimulus value (X, Y, Z), and based on YI=100×(1.2769X -1.0592Z)/Y.

關於本發明之光學膜之彎折次數,就提高耐折性之觀點而言,較佳為20,000次以上,更佳為100,000次以上,進而較佳為200,000次以上,進而更佳為350,000次以上,尤佳為400,000次以上,尤其更佳為500,000次以上,尤其進而較佳為600,000次以上,特佳為700,000次以上。若彎折次數為上述下限以上,則即便彎折光學膜亦不易產生龜裂、破裂等。又,彎折次數之上限通常為50,000,000次以下。光學膜之彎折次數可利用依據ASTM(American Society for Testing Materials,美國材料試驗協會)標準D2176-16之MIT耐折疲勞試驗進行測定。MIT耐折疲勞試驗例如為實施例中記載之試驗。又,本發明之光學膜較佳為即便是上述條件下之MIT耐折疲勞試驗後之光學膜亦具有較高之廣角視認性,更佳為例如上述條件下之MIT耐折疲勞試驗前後之圖像清晰度值之差及/或霧度之差在上述耐彎曲性試驗前後之上述圖像清晰度值之差及/或霧度之差之範圍內。Regarding the number of times of bending of the optical film of the present invention, from the viewpoint of improving the folding resistance, it is preferably 20,000 times or more, more preferably 100,000 times or more, still more preferably 200,000 times or more, and still more preferably 350,000 times or more , Particularly preferably 400,000 times or more, especially more preferably 500,000 times or more, especially more preferably 600,000 times or more, particularly preferably 700,000 times or more. If the number of times of bending is greater than or equal to the above lower limit, even if the optical film is bent, cracks, breakage, etc. are less likely to occur. In addition, the upper limit of the number of bending times is usually 50,000,000 times or less. The bending times of the optical film can be measured by the MIT bending fatigue test according to ASTM (American Society for Testing Materials, American Society for Testing Materials) standard D2176-16. The MIT flexural fatigue test is, for example, the test described in the examples. In addition, the optical film of the present invention preferably has high wide-angle visibility even after the MIT flex fatigue test under the above conditions, and more preferably, for example, the image before and after the MIT flex fatigue test under the above conditions The difference in image sharpness value and/or the difference in haze is within the range of the difference in image sharpness value and/or the difference in haze before and after the bending resistance test.

本發明之光學膜之厚度可根據用途而適當調整,較佳為10 μm以上,更佳為20 μm以上,進而較佳為25 μm以上,進而更佳為30 μm以上,且較佳為200 μm以下,更佳為150 μm以下,進而較佳為100 μm以下,進而更佳為85 μm以下。若光學膜之厚度在上述範圍內,則更容易提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數及穿刺強度。再者,光學膜之厚度可使用測微計進行測定,例如可利用實施例中記載之方法進行測定。The thickness of the optical film of the present invention can be appropriately adjusted according to the application, and is preferably 10 μm or more, more preferably 20 μm or more, still more preferably 25 μm or more, still more preferably 30 μm or more, and preferably 200 μm Hereinafter, it is more preferably 150 μm or less, still more preferably 100 μm or less, and still more preferably 85 μm or less. If the thickness of the optical film is within the above range, it is easier to increase the tensile elastic modulus and puncture strength of the optical film. Furthermore, the thickness of the optical film can be measured using a micrometer, for example, it can be measured by the method described in the Example.

<聚醯亞胺系樹脂及聚醯胺系樹脂> 本發明之光學膜包含選自由聚醯亞胺系樹脂及聚醯胺系樹脂所組成之群中之至少一種樹脂。本說明書中,聚醯亞胺系樹脂表示選自由聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂、聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂、及聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物樹脂所組成之群中之至少一種樹脂。聚醯亞胺樹脂係包含含有醯亞胺基之重複結構單元之樹脂,聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂係包含含有醯亞胺基及醯胺基兩者之重複結構單元之樹脂。聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂及聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物樹脂係分別藉由醯亞胺化而提供聚醯亞胺樹脂及聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂之醯亞胺化前之前驅物,且係亦稱為聚醯胺酸之樹脂。又,本說明書中,聚醯胺系樹脂係包含含有醯胺基之重複結構單元之樹脂。本發明之光學膜可包含1種聚醯亞胺系樹脂或聚醯胺系樹脂,亦可組合包含2種以上之聚醯亞胺系樹脂及/或聚醯胺系樹脂。就易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數及耐彎曲性,易於將R0 調整為上述範圍,而易於提高以高溫進行熱處理後之光學膜之視認性之觀點而言,本發明之光學膜較佳為包含聚醯亞胺系樹脂,該聚醯亞胺系樹脂較佳為聚醯亞胺樹脂或聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂,更佳為聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂。<Polyimide resin and polyimide resin> The optical film of the present invention contains at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide resin and polyimide resin. In this specification, polyimide resin means selected from the group consisting of polyimide resin, polyimide imide resin, polyimide precursor resin, and polyimide imide precursor resin At least one resin. The polyimide resin is a resin containing a repeating structural unit containing an amide group, and the polyimide resin is a resin containing a repeating structural unit containing both an amide group and an amide group. The polyimide precursor resin and the polyimide imide precursor resin provide the polyimide resin and the polyimide imide resin as the precursor of the polyimide resin through imidization, respectively, And it is also called polyamide resin. In addition, in this specification, the polyamide-based resin is a resin containing a repeating structural unit containing an amide group. The optical film of the present invention may include one type of polyimide-based resin or polyimide-based resin, and may also include two or more types of polyimide-based resins and/or polyimide-based resins in combination. From the standpoint that it is easy to improve the tensile elastic modulus and bending resistance of the optical film, it is easy to adjust R 0 to the above range, and it is easy to improve the visibility of the optical film after heat treatment at high temperature, the optical film of the present invention is more Preferably, a polyimide resin is included, and the polyimide resin is preferably a polyimide resin or a polyimide resin, and more preferably a polyimide resin.

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,就易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數及耐彎曲性,易於將R0 調整為上述範圍,而易於提高以高溫進行熱處理後之光學膜之視認性之觀點而言,聚醯亞胺系樹脂及聚醯胺系樹脂較佳為芳香族系樹脂。本說明書中,芳香族系樹脂表示聚醯亞胺系樹脂及聚醯胺系樹脂中所包含之結構單元主要為芳香族系結構單元之樹脂。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, it is easy to improve the tensile elastic modulus and bending resistance of the optical film, it is easy to adjust R 0 to the above range, and it is easy to improve the visibility of the optical film after heat treatment at high temperature. From a viewpoint, the polyimide-based resin and the polyimide-based resin are preferably aromatic resins. In this specification, the aromatic resin means a resin in which the structural unit contained in the polyimide resin and the polyimide resin is mainly an aromatic structural unit.

於上述較佳之一實施方式中,就易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數及耐彎曲性,易於將R0 調整為上述範圍,而易於提高以高溫進行熱處理後之光學膜之視認性之觀點而言,源自芳香族系單體之結構單元相對於聚醯亞胺系樹脂及聚醯胺系樹脂中所包含之全部結構單元之比率較佳為60莫耳%以上,更佳為70莫耳%以上,進而較佳為80莫耳%以上,進而更佳為85莫耳%以上。此處,源自芳香族系單體之結構單元係源自至少一部分包含芳香族系結構(例如芳香環)之單體,且於至少一部分包含芳香族系結構(例如芳香環)之結構單元。作為芳香族系單體,例如可舉出:芳香族四羧酸化合物、芳香族二胺、芳香族二羧酸等。In one of the above-mentioned preferred embodiments, it is easy to improve the tensile elastic modulus and bending resistance of the optical film, it is easy to adjust R 0 to the above range, and it is easy to improve the visibility of the optical film after heat treatment at a high temperature. In other words, the ratio of the structural unit derived from the aromatic monomer to all the structural units contained in the polyimide-based resin and the polyimide-based resin is preferably 60 mol% or more, more preferably 70 mol% Ear% or more, more preferably 80 mol% or more, and still more preferably 85 mol% or more. Here, the structural unit derived from an aromatic monomer is derived from a monomer containing at least a part of an aromatic structure (for example, an aromatic ring), and at least a part of a structural unit contains an aromatic structure (for example, an aromatic ring). Examples of aromatic monomers include aromatic tetracarboxylic acid compounds, aromatic diamines, and aromatic dicarboxylic acids.

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,聚醯亞胺系樹脂較佳為具有式(1)所示之結構單元之聚醯亞胺樹脂、或具有式(1)所示之結構單元及式(2)所示之結構單元之聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂。 [化1]

Figure 02_image003
[式(1)中,Y表示4價有機基,X表示2價有機基,*表示鍵結鍵] [化2]
Figure 02_image005
[式(2)中,Z及X相互獨立地表示2價有機基,*表示鍵結鍵] 又,聚醯胺系樹脂較佳為具有式(2)所示之結構單元之聚醯胺樹脂。以下,對式(1)及式(2)進行說明,關於式(1)之說明涉及聚醯亞胺樹脂及聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂兩者,關於式(2)之說明涉及聚醯胺樹脂及聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂兩者。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the polyimide resin is preferably a polyimide resin having a structural unit represented by formula (1), or a structural unit represented by formula (1) and formula (2) Polyimide resin of the structural unit shown. [化1]
Figure 02_image003
[In formula (1), Y represents a tetravalent organic group, X represents a divalent organic group, and * represents a bonding bond] [化2]
Figure 02_image005
[In formula (2), Z and X independently represent a divalent organic group, and * represents a bonding bond] In addition, the polyamide resin is preferably a polyamide resin having a structural unit represented by formula (2) . Hereinafter, the formula (1) and formula (2) will be described. The description of formula (1) relates to both polyimide resin and polyimide resin, and the description of formula (2) relates to polyamide. Both resin and polyimide resin.

式(1)所示之結構單元係四羧酸化合物與二胺化合物反應而形成之結構單元,式(2)所示之結構單元係二羧酸化合物與二胺化合物反應而形成之結構單元。The structural unit represented by formula (1) is a structural unit formed by the reaction of a tetracarboxylic acid compound and a diamine compound, and the structural unit represented by formula (2) is a structural unit formed by the reaction of a dicarboxylic acid compound and a diamine compound.

式(1)中,Y表示4價有機基,較佳為表示碳數4~40之4價有機基,更佳為表示具有環狀結構之碳數4~40之4價有機基。作為環狀結構,可舉出脂環、芳香環、雜環結構,就易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數及耐彎曲性,易於將R0 調整為上述範圍,而易於提高以高溫進行熱處理後之光學膜之視認性之觀點而言,較佳為可舉出芳香環。上述有機基係有機基中之氫原子可被烴基或經氟取代之烴基取代之有機基,於此情形時,烴基及經氟取代之烴基之碳數較佳為1~8。於本發明之一實施方式中,聚醯亞胺系樹脂可含有複數種Y,複數種Y相互可相同亦可不同。作為Y,可例示:以下之式(20)、式(21)、式(22)、式(23)、式(24)、式(25)、式(26)、式(27)、式(28)及式(29)所示之基;該式(20)~式(29)所示之基中之氫原子被甲基、氟基、氯基或三氟甲基取代之基;以及碳數6以下之4價鏈式烴基。In the formula (1), Y represents a tetravalent organic group, preferably a tetravalent organic group having 4 to 40 carbon atoms, and more preferably a tetravalent organic group having 4 to 40 carbon atoms having a cyclic structure. As the cyclic structure, there are alicyclic, aromatic, and heterocyclic structures. It is easy to improve the tensile elastic modulus and bending resistance of the optical film, it is easy to adjust R 0 to the above range, and it is easy to increase heat treatment at high temperature. From the viewpoint of the visibility of the subsequent optical film, it is preferable to include an aromatic ring. The above-mentioned organic group is an organic group in which the hydrogen atom in the organic group can be substituted by a hydrocarbon group or a fluorine-substituted hydrocarbon group. In this case, the carbon number of the hydrocarbon group and the fluorine-substituted hydrocarbon group is preferably 1-8. In one embodiment of the present invention, the polyimide-based resin may contain plural kinds of Y, and the plural kinds of Y may be the same or different from each other. As Y, the following formula (20), formula (21), formula (22), formula (23), formula (24), formula (25), formula (26), formula (27), formula ( 28) and the group represented by formula (29); the hydrogen atom in the group represented by formula (20) to formula (29) is substituted by methyl, fluoro, chloro or trifluoromethyl; and carbon A tetravalent chain hydrocarbon group with a number of 6 or less.

[化3]

Figure 02_image007
[化3]
Figure 02_image007

式(20)~式(29)中,*表示鍵結鍵,W1 表示單鍵、-O-、-CH2 -、-CH2 -CH2 -、-CH(CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-Ar-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-O-Ar-O-、-Ar-O-Ar-、-Ar-CH2 -Ar-、-Ar-C(CH3 )2 -Ar-或-Ar-SO2 -Ar-。Ar表示氫原子可被氟原子取代之碳數6~20之伸芳基,作為具體例,可舉出伸苯基。於Ar存在複數個之情形時,Ar相互可相同亦可不同。式(20)~(29)中之環上之氫原子可被碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基或碳數6~12之芳基取代。作為碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基及碳數6~12之芳基,分別可舉出後述之式(3)中所例示者。In formulas (20) to (29), * represents a bonding bond, W 1 represents a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C (CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -Ar-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-Ar-O-, -Ar-O-Ar-, -Ar-CH 2 -Ar-, -Ar-C(CH 3 ) 2 -Ar- or -Ar-SO 2 -Ar-. Ar represents an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom can be replaced by a fluorine atom, and a specific example includes a phenyl group. When there are a plurality of Ar, Ar may be the same or different from each other. The hydrogen atoms on the rings in formulas (20) to (29) may be substituted by alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbons, alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbons, or aryl groups having 6 to 12 carbons. Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, the alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbons, and the aryl group having 6 to 12 carbons include those exemplified in the formula (3) described below, respectively.

於式(20)~式(29)所示之基中,就易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數及耐彎曲性,易於將R0 調整為上述範圍,而易於提高以高溫進行熱處理後之光學膜之視認性之觀點而言,較佳為式(26)、式(28)或式(29)所示之基,更佳為式(26)所示之基。又,就易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數及耐彎曲性,並且易於將R0 調整為上述範圍,而易於提高以高溫進行熱處理後之光學膜之視認性,且易於降低光學膜之YI值之觀點而言,W1 相互獨立地較佳為單鍵、-O-、-CH2 -、-CH2 -CH2 -、-CH(CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )2 -或-C(CF3 )2 -,更佳為單鍵、-O-、-CH2 -、-CH(CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )2 -或-C(CF3 )2 -,進而較佳為單鍵、-C(CH3 )2 -或-C(CF3 )2 -,最佳為單鍵或-C(CF3 )2 -。Based on the formulas (20) to (29), it is easy to improve the tensile modulus of elasticity and bending resistance of the optical film, it is easy to adjust R 0 to the above range, and it is easy to increase the From the viewpoint of the visibility of the optical film, the base represented by formula (26), formula (28) or formula (29) is preferred, and the base represented by formula (26) is more preferred. In addition, it is easy to improve the tensile elastic modulus and bending resistance of the optical film, and it is easy to adjust R 0 to the above range, and it is easy to improve the visibility of the optical film after heat treatment at high temperature, and it is easy to reduce the YI of the optical film. In terms of value, W 1 is preferably a single bond independently of each other, -O-, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2- Or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, more preferably a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -or -C(CF 3 ) 2- , More preferably a single bond, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, most preferably a single bond or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -.

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,聚醯亞胺系樹脂中之Y之較佳為50莫耳%以上、更佳為60莫耳%以上、進而較佳為70莫耳%以上由式(26)表示。若聚醯亞胺系樹脂中之上述範圍內之Y由式(26)表示,較佳為由W1 為單鍵、-C(CH3 )2 -或-C(CF3 )2 -之式(26)表示,更佳為由W1 為單鍵或-C(CF3 )2 -之式(26)表示,則易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數及耐彎曲性,並且易於將R0 調整為上述範圍,易於降低光學膜之YI值。聚醯亞胺系樹脂中之Y由式(26)表示之結構單元之比率例如可使用1 H-NMR(1 H-nuclear magnetic resonance)進行測定,或者亦可根據原料之添加比而算出。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, Y in the polyimide resin is preferably 50 mol% or more, more preferably 60 mol% or more, and even more preferably 70 mol% or more. (26) Representation. If Y in the above-mentioned range in the polyimide resin is represented by formula (26), it is preferably a formula in which W 1 is a single bond and -C(CH 3 ) 2 -or -C(CF 3 ) 2- (26) means that, more preferably, W 1 is a single bond or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -is expressed by the formula (26), it is easy to improve the tensile elastic modulus and bending resistance of the optical film, and it is easy to change R Adjusting 0 to the above range can easily reduce the YI value of the optical film. The ratio of the structural unit represented by formula (26) of Y in the polyimide-based resin can be measured, for example, using 1 H-NMR ( 1 H-nuclear magnetic resonance), or can also be calculated based on the addition ratio of raw materials.

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,式(1)所示之結構單元含有式(4)所示之基作為Y。 [化4]

Figure 02_image009
[式(4)中,R2 ~R7 相互獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基或碳數6~12之芳基,R2 ~R7 中所含之氫原子可相互獨立地被鹵素原子取代,V表示單鍵、-O-、-CH2 -、-CH2 -CH2 -、-CH(CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-SO2 -、-S-、-CO-或-N(R8 )-,R8 表示氫原子或可經鹵素原子取代之碳數1~12之1價烴基,*表示鍵結鍵] 即,較佳為於複數個式(1)所示之結構單元中之Y中,至少一部分Y為式(4)所示之基。若為此種態樣,則易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數及耐彎曲性,易於將R0 調整為上述範圍,且易於降低光學膜之YI值。再者,式(1)所示之結構單元可含有1種或複數種式(4)所示之基作為Y。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the structural unit represented by formula (1) contains the group represented by formula (4) as Y. [化4]
Figure 02_image009
[In formula (4), R 2 to R 7 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons, an alkoxy group with 1 to 6 carbons, or an aryl group with 6 to 12 carbons, R 2 to The hydrogen atoms contained in R 7 can be independently substituted by halogen atoms, and V represents a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C( CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -SO 2 -, -S-, -CO- or -N(R 8 )-, R 8 represents a hydrogen atom or the number of carbons that can be substituted by a halogen atom A monovalent hydrocarbon group of 1 to 12, * represents a bonding bond] That is, it is preferable that among Y in the structural unit represented by the formula (1), at least a part of Y is a group represented by the formula (4). In this aspect, it is easy to improve the tensile elastic modulus and bending resistance of the optical film, it is easy to adjust R 0 to the above-mentioned range, and it is easy to reduce the YI value of the optical film. Furthermore, the structural unit represented by formula (1) may contain one or more types of groups represented by formula (4) as Y.

式(4)中,R2 、R3 、R4 、R5 、R6 及R7 相互獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基或碳數6~12之芳基。作為碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基或碳數6~12之芳基,分別可舉出上述中作為式(3)中之R3a 中之碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基或碳數6~12之芳基所例示者。關於式(3)中之R3a ,可舉出上述中所例示者。R2 ~R7 相互獨立地較佳為表示氫原子或碳數1~6之烷基,更佳為表示氫原子或碳數1~3之烷基,此處,R2 ~R7 中所含之氫原子可相互獨立地被鹵素原子取代。作為鹵素原子,可舉出:氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子。V表示單鍵、-O-、-CH2 -、-CH2 -CH2 -、-CH(CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-SO2 -、-S-、-CO-或-N(R8 )-,R8 表示氫原子或可經鹵素原子取代之碳數1~12之1價烴基。作為可經鹵素原子取代之碳數1~12之1價烴基,可舉出上述中關於後述之式(3)中之W中之R9 所例示者。該等中,就易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數、光學特性、表面硬度及耐彎曲性,易於將R0 調整為上述範圍,而易於提高以高溫進行熱處理後之光學膜之視認性之觀點而言,V較佳為單鍵、-O-、-CH2 -、-CH(CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )2 -或-C(CF3 )2 -,更佳為單鍵、-C(CH3 )2 -或-C(CF3 )2 -,進而較佳為單鍵或-C(CF3 )2 -。In formula (4), R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbons, or carbon The number of aryl groups from 6 to 12. Examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbons, alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbons, or aryl groups having 6 to 12 carbons include the above-mentioned as R 3a in the formula (3) with carbon numbers of 1 to The alkyl group of 6, the alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbons, or the aryl group of 6 to 12 carbons are exemplified. Regarding R 3a in the formula (3), those exemplified in the above can be cited. R 2 ~ R 7 each independently represents preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, the more preferably represents a hydrogen atom or a carbon atoms in the alkyl group of 1 to 3, where, R 2 ~ R 7 The hydrogen atoms contained can be replaced by halogen atoms independently of each other. Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. V represents a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -SO 2 -, -S-, -CO- or -N(R 8 )-, R 8 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms which can be substituted with a halogen atom. Examples of the monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom include those exemplified for R 9 in W in the formula (3) described later. Among them, it is easy to improve the tensile elastic modulus, optical properties, surface hardness and bending resistance of the optical film, it is easy to adjust R 0 to the above range, and it is easy to improve the visibility of the optical film after heat treatment at high temperature. From a viewpoint, V is preferably a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, more preferably a single bond A bond, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, more preferably a single bond or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -.

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,複數個式(1)中之Y之至少一部分由式(5)及/或式(9)表示。 [化5]

Figure 02_image011
[式(5)中,R18 ~R25 相互獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基或碳數6~12之芳基,R18 ~R25 中所含之氫原子可相互獨立地被鹵素原子取代,*表示鍵結鍵] [化6]
Figure 02_image013
[式(9)中,R35 ~R40 相互獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1~6之烷基或碳數6~12之芳基,R35 ~R40 中所含之氫原子可相互獨立地被鹵素原子取代,*表示鍵結鍵] 若複數個式(1)中之Y之至少一部分由式(5)表示及/或由式(9)表示,則易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數及光學特性。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, at least a part of Y in the plurality of formulas (1) is represented by formula (5) and/or formula (9). [化5]
Figure 02_image011
[In formula (5), R 18 to R 25 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons, an alkoxy group with 1 to 6 carbons, or an aryl group with 6 to 12 carbons, R 18 to The hydrogen atoms contained in R 25 can be replaced by halogen atoms independently of each other, and * represents a bonding bond] [化6]
Figure 02_image013
[In formula (9), R 35 to R 40 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons or an aryl group with 6 to 12 carbons, and the hydrogen atoms contained in R 35 to R 40 may mutually Independently substituted by halogen atoms, * represents a bonding bond] If at least a part of Y in the formula (1) is represented by the formula (5) and/or is represented by the formula (9), it is easy to increase the stretching of the optical film Elastic modulus and optical properties.

式(5)中,R18 、R19 、R20 、R21 、R22 、R23 、R24 及R25 相互獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基或碳數6~12之芳基。作為碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基或碳數6~12之芳基,分別可舉出上述中作為式(3)中之R3a 中之碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基或碳數6~12之芳基所例示者。R18 ~R25 相互獨立地較佳為表示氫原子或碳數1~6之烷基,更佳為表示氫原子或碳數1~3之烷基,此處,R18 ~R25 中所含之氫原子可相互獨立地被鹵素原子取代。作為該鹵素原子,可舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子。就易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數及耐彎曲性之觀點、以及易於提高透明性且易於維持該透明性之觀點而言,R18 ~R25 相互獨立地進而較佳為氫原子、甲基、氟基、氯基或三氟甲基,進而更佳為R18 、R19 、R20 、R23 、R24 及R25 為氫原子,R21 及R22 為氫原子、甲基、氟基、氯基或三氟甲基,尤佳為R21 及R22 為甲基或三氟甲基。In formula (5), R 18 , R 19 , R 20 , R 21 , R 22 , R 23 , R 24 and R 25 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, and a carbon number of 1 to 6 The alkoxy group or the aryl group with 6-12 carbons. Examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbons, alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbons, or aryl groups having 6 to 12 carbons include the above-mentioned as R 3a in the formula (3) with carbon numbers of 1 to The alkyl group of 6, the alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbons, or the aryl group of 6 to 12 carbons are exemplified. R 18 ~ R 25 each independently preferably represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, the more preferably represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, the where, R 18 ~ R 25 as The hydrogen atoms contained can be replaced by halogen atoms independently of each other. Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. From the viewpoints of easy improvement of the tensile modulus of elasticity and bending resistance of the optical film, and the viewpoint of easy improvement of transparency and easy maintenance of the transparency, R 18 to R 25 are independent of each other and are more preferably hydrogen atoms, A R 18 , R 19 , R 20 , R 23 , R 24 and R 25 are hydrogen atoms, and R 21 and R 22 are hydrogen atoms, methyl groups, A fluoro group, a chloro group or a trifluoromethyl group, and R 21 and R 22 are particularly preferably a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group.

式(9)中,就易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數及耐彎曲性之觀點、以及易於提高透明性且易於維持該透明性之觀點而言,R35 ~R40 較佳為氫原子或碳數1~6之烷基,更佳為氫原子或碳數1~3之烷基,進而較佳為氫原子。此處,R35 ~R40 中所含之氫原子可相互獨立地被鹵素原子取代,作為該鹵素原子,例如可舉出:氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子。作為R35 ~R40 中之碳數1~6之烷基及碳數6~12之芳基,分別可舉出上述中所例示者。 In formula (9), R 35 to R 40 are preferably hydrogen atoms from the viewpoints of easy improvement of the tensile modulus of elasticity and bending resistance of the optical film, and easy improvement of transparency and easy maintenance of the transparency. Or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a hydrogen atom. Here, the hydrogen atoms contained in R 35 to R 40 may be independently substituted with halogen atoms, and examples of the halogen atoms include fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms, bromine atoms, and iodine atoms. Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms in R 35 to R 40 include those exemplified above.

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,式(5)由式(5')表示,式(9)由式(9')表示。 [化7]

Figure 02_image015
即,複數個Y之至少一部分由式(5')及/或式(9')表示。於此情形時,易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數及耐彎曲性。進而,於式(5)由式(5')表示之情形時,藉由含有氟元素之骨架會提高聚醯亞胺系樹脂於溶劑中之溶解性,從而易於提高含有該樹脂之清漆之保管穩定性,並且易於降低該清漆之黏度,從而易於提高光學膜之加工性。其結果,易於製造滿足數式(1)~(3)之本發明之光學膜。又,藉由含有氟元素之骨架而易於提高光學膜之光學特性。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, formula (5) is represented by formula (5'), and formula (9) is represented by formula (9'). [化7]
Figure 02_image015
That is, at least a part of a plurality of Y is represented by formula (5') and/or formula (9'). In this case, it is easy to improve the tensile elastic modulus and bending resistance of the optical film. Furthermore, in the case where the formula (5) is represented by the formula (5'), the fluorine-containing skeleton will increase the solubility of the polyimide resin in the solvent, thereby easily improving the storage of the varnish containing the resin Stability, and easy to reduce the viscosity of the varnish, thereby easy to improve the processability of the optical film. As a result, it is easy to manufacture the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the mathematical formulas (1) to (3). In addition, it is easy to improve the optical properties of the optical film by the skeleton containing the fluorine element.

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,聚醯亞胺系樹脂中之Y之較佳為50莫耳%以上、更佳為60莫耳%以上、進而較佳為70莫耳%以上由式(5)表示,尤其是由式(5')表示。若聚醯亞胺系樹脂中之上述範圍內之Y由式(5)表示,尤其是由式(5')表示,則藉由含有氟元素之骨架會提高聚醯亞胺系樹脂於溶劑中之溶解性,而易於降低含有該樹脂之清漆之黏度,從而易於提高光學膜之加工性。其結果,易於製造滿足數式(1)~數式(3)之本發明之光學膜。又,藉由含有氟元素之骨架而易於提高光學膜之光學特性。再者,較佳為上述聚醯亞胺系樹脂中之Y之100莫耳%以下由式(5)表示,尤其是由式(5')表示。聚醯亞胺系樹脂中之Y可為式(5),尤其是式(5')。聚醯亞胺系樹脂中之Y由式(5)表示之結構單元之比率例如可使用1 H-NMR進行測定,或者亦可根據原料之添加比而算出。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, Y in the polyimide resin is preferably 50 mol% or more, more preferably 60 mol% or more, and even more preferably 70 mol% or more. (5) is represented, especially by formula (5'). If Y in the above range in the polyimide resin is represented by formula (5), especially by formula (5'), the skeleton containing the fluorine element will increase the polyimide resin in the solvent It is easy to reduce the viscosity of the varnish containing the resin, and it is easy to improve the processability of the optical film. As a result, it is easy to manufacture the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the mathematical formulas (1) to (3). In addition, it is easy to improve the optical properties of the optical film by the skeleton containing the fluorine element. Furthermore, it is preferable that 100 mole% or less of Y in the polyimide resin is represented by formula (5), especially represented by formula (5'). Y in the polyimide resin may be formula (5), especially formula (5'). The ratio of the structural unit represented by the formula (5) of Y in the polyimide-based resin can be measured, for example, using 1 H-NMR, or can also be calculated based on the addition ratio of the raw materials.

式(2)中,Z為2價有機基,較佳為可經碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基或碳數6~12之芳基(該等基中之氫原子可被鹵素原子(較佳為氟原子)取代)取代之碳數4~40之2價有機基,更佳為可經碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基或碳數6~12之芳基(該等基中之氫原子可被鹵素原子(較佳為氟原子)取代)取代之具有環狀結構之碳數4~40之2價有機基。再者,作為碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基或碳數6~12之芳基之例,同樣適配後述之式(3)中之R3a 及R3b 相關之例示。作為環狀結構,可舉出:脂環、芳香環、雜環結構。作為Z之有機基,可例示式(20)、式(21)、式(22)、式(23)、式(24)、式(25)、式(26)、式(27)、式(28)及式(29)所示之基之鍵結鍵中不相鄰的兩個被取代成氫原子之基;及碳數6以下之2價鏈式烴基, [化8]

Figure 02_image017
[式(20)~式(29)中,W1 表示單鍵、-O-、-CH2 -、-CH2 -CH2 -、-CH(CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-Ar-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-O-Ar-O-、-Ar-O-Ar-、-Ar-CH2 -Ar-、-Ar-C(CH3 )2 -Ar-或-Ar-SO2 -Ar-,此處,Ar相互獨立地表示氫原子可被氟原子取代之碳數6~20之伸芳基(例如伸苯基),*表示鍵結鍵] 作為Z之雜環結構,可例示具有噻吩環骨架之基。就易於降低光學膜之YI值之觀點、易於提高全光線透過率之觀點及易於降低霧度之觀點而言,作為Z中之環狀結構,較佳為式(20)~式(29)所示之基及具有噻吩環骨架之基,更佳為式(26)、式(28)及式(29)所示之基。In formula (2), Z is a divalent organic group, preferably an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons, an alkoxy group with 1 to 6 carbons or an aryl group with 6 to 12 carbons (in these groups The hydrogen atom can be substituted by a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom). A divalent organic group with 4 to 40 carbons, more preferably an alkyl with 1 to 6 carbons, and an alkane with 1 to 6 carbons. An oxy group or an aryl group with 6 to 12 carbons (the hydrogen atoms in these groups may be substituted by halogen atoms (preferably fluorine atoms)) and a divalent organic group with 4 to 40 carbons that has a cyclic structure. Furthermore, as examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbons, alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbons, or aryl groups having 6 to 12 carbons, the same applies to R 3a and R 3b in the formula (3) described later Related examples. Examples of the cyclic structure include alicyclic, aromatic, and heterocyclic structures. As the organic group of Z, the formula (20), the formula (21), the formula (22), the formula (23), the formula (24), the formula (25), the formula (26), the formula (27), the formula ( 28) and a group in which two non-adjacent bonding bonds of the group represented by formula (29) are substituted with hydrogen atoms; and a divalent chain hydrocarbon group with 6 or less carbon atoms, [化8]
Figure 02_image017
[In formulas (20) to (29), W 1 represents a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -Ar-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-Ar-O-, -Ar-O-Ar-, -Ar-CH 2 -Ar-,- Ar-C(CH 3 ) 2 -Ar- or -Ar-SO 2 -Ar-, where Ar represents independently of each other an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms in which hydrogen atoms can be substituted by fluorine atoms (for example, phenylene Group), * represents a bonding bond] As the heterocyclic structure of Z, a group having a thiophene ring skeleton can be exemplified. From the viewpoint of easy reduction of the YI value of the optical film, the viewpoint of easy improvement of the total light transmittance, and the viewpoint of easy reduction of the haze, the ring structure in Z is preferably represented by formulas (20) to (29) The groups shown and the groups having a thiophene ring skeleton are more preferably groups represented by formula (26), formula (28) and formula (29).

作為Z之有機基,更佳為式(20')、式(21')、式(22')、式(23')、式(24')、式(25')、式(26')、式(27')、式(28')及式(29')所示之2價有機基。 [化9]

Figure 02_image019
[式(20')~式(29')中,W1 及*如式(20)~式(29)中之定義] 再者,式(20)~式(29)及式(20')~式(29')中之環上之氫原子可被碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基或碳數6~12之芳基(該等基中之氫原子可被鹵素原子(較佳為氟原子)取代)取代。As the organic group of Z, it is more preferably formula (20'), formula (21'), formula (22'), formula (23'), formula (24'), formula (25'), formula (26') , Formula (27'), formula (28') and formula (29') as shown in the divalent organic group. [化9]
Figure 02_image019
[In formulas (20') to (29'), W 1 and * are as defined in formulas (20) to (29)] Furthermore, formulas (20) to (29) and (20') ~The hydrogen atom on the ring in formula (29') can be replaced by an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons, an alkoxy group with 1 to 6 carbons or an aryl group with 6 to 12 carbons (the hydrogen atoms in these groups It may be substituted by a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).

於聚醯胺系樹脂或聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂具有式(2)中之Z由上述式(20')~式(29')之任一者表示之結構單元的情形時,其中於具有式(2)中之Z由後述之式(3')表示之結構單元的情形時,就易於提高清漆之成膜性,易於提高光學膜之均勻性之觀點而言,聚醯胺系樹脂或聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂較佳為除該結構單元以外,進而具有以下之式(d1)所示之源自羧酸之結構單元。 [化10]

Figure 02_image021
[式(d1)中,R41 相互獨立為關於後述之式(3)中之R3a 所定義之基或氫原子,R42 表示R41 或-C(=O)-*,*表示鍵結鍵] 作為結構單元(d1),具體而言,可舉出:R41 及R42 均為氫原子之結構單元(源自二羧酸化合物之結構單元);R41 均為氫原子,R42 表示-C(=O)-*之結構單元(源自三羧酸化合物之結構單元)等。When the polyamide resin or polyamide imine resin has a structural unit in which Z in formula (2) is represented by any one of the above formula (20') to formula (29'), where there is When Z in the formula (2) is a structural unit represented by the following formula (3'), from the viewpoint that it is easy to improve the film-forming properties of the varnish and the uniformity of the optical film, the polyamide resin or The polyamidoimide resin preferably has, in addition to the structural unit, a structural unit derived from a carboxylic acid represented by the following formula (d1). [化10]
Figure 02_image021
[In formula (d1), R 41 is independent of each other for the group or hydrogen atom defined by R 3a in formula (3) described later , R 42 represents R 41 or -C(=O)-*, * represents bonding Bond] As the structural unit (d1), specific examples include: structural units in which R 41 and R 42 are both hydrogen atoms (structural units derived from dicarboxylic acid compounds); R 41 are both hydrogen atoms, and R 42 Represents the structural unit of -C(=O)-* (the structural unit derived from the tricarboxylic acid compound), etc.

聚醯胺系樹脂或聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂可含有複數種Z作為式(2)中之Z,複數種Z相互可相同亦可不同。尤其就易於提高本發明之光學膜之拉伸彈性模數,且易於提高光學特性之觀點而言,較佳為至少具有式(2)中之Z較佳為由式(3)表示、更佳為由式(3')表示之結構單元。 [化11]

Figure 02_image023
[式(3)中,R3a 及R3b 相互獨立地表示碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基或碳數6~12之芳基,R3a 及R3b 中所含之氫原子可相互獨立地被鹵素原子取代,W相互獨立地表示單鍵、-O-、-CH2 -、-CH2 -CH2 -、-CH(CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-SO2 -、-S-、-CO-或-N(R9 )-,R9 表示氫原子、可經鹵素原子取代之碳數1~12之1價烴基,s為0~4之整數,t為0~4之整數,u為0~4之整數,*表示鍵結鍵] [化12]
Figure 02_image025
[式(3')中,R3a 、R3b 、s、t、u、W及*如式(3)中之定義] 再者,本說明書中,聚醯胺系樹脂或聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂具有式(2)中之Z由式(3)表示之結構單元之表述、與聚醯胺系樹脂或聚醯胺醯亞胺系樹脂具有式(3)所示之結構作為式(2)中之Z之表述具有相同含義,且係指於聚醯胺系樹脂或聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂中可包含之複數個式(2)所示之結構單元中,至少一部分結構單元中之Z由式(3)表示。該記載亦適配於其他同樣之記載。The polyamide resin or polyamide resin may contain a plurality of types of Z as Z in the formula (2), and the plurality of types of Z may be the same or different from each other. In particular, from the viewpoint of easy improvement of the tensile elastic modulus of the optical film of the present invention and easy improvement of optical properties, it is preferable to have at least Z in the formula (2), preferably represented by the formula (3), more preferably It is a structural unit represented by formula (3'). [化11]
Figure 02_image023
[In formula (3), R 3a and R 3b independently represent an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons, an alkoxy group with 1 to 6 carbons, or an aryl group with 6 to 12 carbons. In R 3a and R 3b The hydrogen atoms contained can be replaced by halogen atoms independently of each other, and W independently represent a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C( CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -SO 2 -, -S-, -CO- or -N(R 9 )-, R 9 represents a hydrogen atom, the number of carbons that can be substituted by a halogen atom A monovalent hydrocarbon group of 1 to 12, s is an integer of 0 to 4, t is an integer of 0 to 4, u is an integer of 0 to 4, * represents a bonding bond] [化12]
Figure 02_image025
[In formula (3'), R 3a , R 3b , s, t, u, W, and * are as defined in formula (3)] Furthermore, in this specification, polyamide resin or polyamide resin The amine resin has the expression of the structural unit represented by the formula (3) in Z in the formula (2), and the polyamide resin or the polyamide resin has the structure represented by the formula (3) as the formula (2) The expression of Z in) has the same meaning, and refers to the plurality of structural units represented by formula (2) that can be contained in polyamide resins or polyamide imide resins, and at least a part of the structural units Z is represented by formula (3). This record is also adapted to other similar records.

式(3)及式(3')中,W相互獨立地表示單鍵、-O-、-CH2 -、-CH2 -CH2 -、-CH(CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-SO2 -、-S-、-CO-或-N(R9 )-,就光學膜之耐彎曲性之觀點而言,較佳為表示-O-或-S-,更佳為表示-O-。 R3a 及R3b 相互獨立地表示碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基或碳數6~12之芳基。作為碳數1~6之烷基,例如可舉出:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、2-甲基丁基、3-甲基丁基、2-乙基丙基、正己基等。作為碳數1~6之烷氧基,例如可舉出:甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基、異丁氧基、第三丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、環己氧基等。作為碳數6~12之芳基,例如可舉出:苯基、甲苯基、二甲苯基、萘基、聯苯基等。就光學膜之拉伸彈性模數、表面硬度及柔軟性之觀點、以及易於提高以高溫進行熱處理後之光學膜之視認性之觀點而言,R3a 及R3b 相互獨立地較佳為表示碳數1~6之烷基或碳數1~6之烷氧基,更佳為表示碳數1~3之烷基或碳數1~3之烷氧基。此處,R3a 及R3b 中所含之氫原子可相互獨立地被鹵素原子取代。 R9 表示氫原子、可經鹵素原子取代之碳數1~12之1價烴基。作為碳數1~12之1價烴基,例如可舉出甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、2-甲基丁基、3-甲基丁基、2-乙基丙基、正己基、正庚基、正辛基、第三辛基、正壬基、正癸基等,該等可經鹵素原子取代。作為上述鹵素原子,可舉出:氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等。In formula (3) and formula (3'), W independently represents a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -SO 2 -, -S-, -CO- or -N(R 9 )-, from the viewpoint of the bending resistance of the optical film, it is preferable to indicate -O- or -S-, more preferably -O-. R 3a and R 3b independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbons, or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbons. Examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, 2-methyl Butyl, 3-methylbutyl, 2-ethylpropyl, n-hexyl, etc. Examples of alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include: methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, tert-butoxy, and pentoxy Group, hexyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, etc. Examples of aryl groups having 6 to 12 carbon atoms include phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, naphthyl, and biphenyl. From the viewpoints of the tensile elastic modulus, surface hardness, and flexibility of the optical film, as well as the viewpoint of the ease of improving the visibility of the optical film after heat treatment at high temperature, R 3a and R 3b are independently of each other and preferably represent carbon An alkyl group having 1 to 6 or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbons, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbons or an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbons. Here, the hydrogen atoms contained in R 3a and R 3b may be substituted with halogen atoms independently of each other. R 9 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom. Examples of monovalent hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, second butyl, tertiary butyl, n-pentyl, 2-methyl Butyl, 3-methylbutyl, 2-ethylpropyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, tertiary octyl, n-nonyl, n-decyl, etc., which can be substituted by halogen atoms . As said halogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc. are mentioned.

式(3)及式(3')中,t及u相互獨立為0~4之整數,較佳為0~2之整數,更佳為1或2。In formula (3) and formula (3′), t and u are independently an integer of 0-4, preferably an integer of 0-2, and more preferably 1 or 2.

式(3)中及式(3')中,s為0~4之範圍之整數,若s在該範圍內,則易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數及耐彎曲性。就更容易提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數及耐彎曲性之觀點而言,上述s較佳為0~3之範圍之整數,更佳為0~2之範圍之整數,進而較佳為0或1,進而更佳為0。聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂或聚醯胺系樹脂可包含1種或2種以上之式(3)或式(3')所示之結構單元作為Z。In formula (3) and formula (3'), s is an integer in the range of 0-4. If s is in this range, the tensile modulus and bending resistance of the optical film can be easily improved. From the viewpoint of easier improvement of the tensile modulus of elasticity and bending resistance of the optical film, the above-mentioned s is preferably an integer in the range of 0-3, more preferably an integer in the range of 0-2, and more preferably 0 Or 1, more preferably 0. The polyamide imide resin or polyamide resin may contain one or more structural units represented by formula (3) or formula (3') as Z.

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,就提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數、彈性模數及耐彎曲性,降低YI值之觀點而言,Z較佳為由s為0且u較佳為1~3、更佳為1或2之式(3)或式(3')表示。進而,亦較佳為除具有由s為0之式(3)或式(3')表示之Z之式(2)所示的結構單元以外,進而具有上述式(d1)所示之結構單元。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, from the viewpoint of improving the tensile elastic modulus, elastic modulus, and bending resistance of the optical film, and lowering the YI value, Z is preferably from s to 0 and u is more preferred It is represented by formula (3) or formula (3') of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2. Furthermore, it is also preferable to have a structural unit represented by the above formula (d1) in addition to the structural unit represented by the formula (2) represented by the formula (3) or formula (3') where s is 0 .

於聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂或聚醯胺系樹脂具有式(3)或式(3')所示之結構單元之情形時,其比率於將聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂或聚醯胺系樹脂之式(1)所示之結構單元及式(2)所示之結構單元之合計設為100莫耳%時,較佳為20莫耳%以上,更佳為30莫耳%以上,進而較佳為40莫耳%以上,進而更佳為50莫耳%以上,尤佳為60莫耳%以上,且較佳為90莫耳%以下,更佳為85莫耳%以下,進而較佳為80莫耳%以下。若式(3)或式(3')所示之結構單元之比率為上述下限以上,則易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數及耐彎曲性,且易於提高以高溫進行熱處理後之光學膜之視認性。若式(3)或式(3')所示之結構單元之比率為上述上限以下,則易於抑制由於源自式(3)之醯胺鍵間氫鍵而導致的含樹脂之清漆之黏度上升,從而易於提高膜之加工性。再者,式(1)、式(2)、式(3)或式(3')所示之結構單元之比率例如可使用1 H-NMR進行測定,或者亦可根據原料之添加比而算出。When the polyamide resin or polyamide resin has the structural unit represented by the formula (3) or formula (3'), the ratio is greater than that of the polyamide resin or polyamide resin When the total of the structural unit represented by formula (1) and the structural unit represented by formula (2) of the resin is set to 100 mol%, it is preferably 20 mol% or more, more preferably 30 mol% or more, and then Preferably it is 40 mol% or more, more preferably 50 mol% or more, particularly preferably 60 mol% or more, and preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 85 mol% or less, and still more preferably It is less than 80 mol%. If the ratio of the structural unit shown in formula (3) or formula (3') is above the above lower limit, it is easy to improve the tensile elastic modulus and bending resistance of the optical film, and it is easy to improve the optical film after heat treatment at high temperature The visibility. If the ratio of the structural units represented by the formula (3) or formula (3') is below the above upper limit, it is easy to suppress the increase in the viscosity of the resin-containing varnish due to the hydrogen bonding between the amide bonds derived from the formula (3) , So it is easy to improve the processability of the film. Furthermore, the ratio of structural units represented by formula (1), formula (2), formula (3) or formula (3') can be measured using 1 H-NMR, or can also be calculated based on the addition ratio of raw materials .

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂或聚醯胺系樹脂中之Z之較佳為30莫耳%以上、更佳為40莫耳%以上、進而較佳為45莫耳%以上、進而更佳為50莫耳%以上係由s為0~4之式(3)或式(3')表示之結構單元。若Z之上述下限以上係由s為0~4之式(3)或式(3')表示之結構單元,則易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數及耐彎曲性,且易於提高以高溫進行熱處理後之光學膜之視認性。又,只要聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂或聚醯胺系樹脂中之Z之100莫耳%以下係由s為0~4之式(3)或式(3')表示之結構單元即可。再者,樹脂中之由s為0~4之式(3)或式(3')表示之結構單元之比率例如可使用1 H-NMR進行測定,或者亦可根據原料之添加比而算出。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, Z in the polyamide imide resin or polyamide resin is preferably 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, and even more preferably 45 mol% or more, and more preferably 50 mol% or more are structural units represented by formula (3) or formula (3') in which s is 0-4. If the above lower limit of Z is a structural unit represented by formula (3) or formula (3') where s is 0-4, it is easy to increase the tensile elastic modulus and bending resistance of the optical film, and it is easy to increase the The visibility of the optical film after heat treatment. Moreover, as long as 100 mol% or less of Z in the polyamide resin or polyamide resin is a structural unit represented by formula (3) or formula (3') where s is 0-4. In addition, the ratio of the structural unit represented by formula (3) or formula (3') in which s is 0 to 4 in the resin can be measured, for example, using 1 H-NMR, or can also be calculated based on the addition ratio of the raw materials.

式(1)及式(2)中,X相互獨立地表示2價有機基,較佳為表示碳數4~40之2價有機基,更佳為表示具有環狀結構之碳數4~40之2價有機基。作為環狀結構,可舉出:脂環、芳香環、雜環結構。上述有機基可由烴基或經氟取代之烴基取代有機基中之氫原子,於此情形時,烴基及經氟取代之烴基之碳數較佳為1~8。於本發明之一實施方式中,本發明之聚醯胺系樹脂及聚醯亞胺樹脂可包含複數種X,複數種X相互可相同亦可不同。作為X,可例示:式(10)、式(11)、式(12)、式(13)、式(14)、式(15)、式(16)、式(17)及式(18)所示之基;該式(10)~式(18)所示之基中之氫原子被甲基、氟基、氯基或三氟甲基取代之基;以及碳數6以下之鏈式烴基。In formula (1) and formula (2), X independently represents a divalent organic group, preferably a divalent organic group having 4 to 40 carbons, and more preferably a cyclic structure having 4 to 40 carbons. The divalent organic base. Examples of the cyclic structure include alicyclic, aromatic, and heterocyclic structures. The above-mentioned organic group may be substituted by a hydrocarbyl group or a fluorine-substituted hydrocarbyl group for the hydrogen atom in the organic group. In this case, the carbon number of the hydrocarbyl group and the fluorine-substituted hydrocarbyl group is preferably 1-8. In one embodiment of the present invention, the polyamide resin and polyimide resin of the present invention may include a plurality of types of X, and the plurality of types of X may be the same or different from each other. Examples of X include: formula (10), formula (11), formula (12), formula (13), formula (14), formula (15), formula (16), formula (17), and formula (18) The group shown; the hydrogen atom of the group shown in the formula (10) to the formula (18) is substituted by a methyl group, a fluoro group, a chloro group or a trifluoromethyl group; and a chain hydrocarbon group with a carbon number of 6 or less .

[化13]

Figure 02_image027
[化13]
Figure 02_image027

式(10)~式(18)中,*表示鍵結鍵, V1 、V2 及V3 相互獨立地表示單鍵、-O-、-S-、-CH2 -、-CH2 -CH2 -、-CH(CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-SO2 -、-CO-或-N(Q)-。此處,Q表示可經鹵素原子取代之碳數1~12之1價烴基。作為碳數1~12之1價烴基,可舉出上述中關於R9 所述之基。 舉一例而言,V1 及V3 為單鍵、-O-或-S-,且V2 為-CH2 -、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -或-SO2 -。V1 與V2 對於各環之鍵結位置、及V2 與V3 對於各環之鍵結位置相互獨立地相對於各環而較佳為間位或對位,更佳為對位。In formulas (10) to (18), * represents a bonding bond, and V 1 , V 2 and V 3 independently represent a single bond, -O-, -S-, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -SO 2 -, -CO- or -N(Q)-. Here, Q represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbons which may be substituted with a halogen atom. Examples of the monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbons include the groups described above for R 9 . For example, V 1 and V 3 are single bonds, -O- or -S-, and V 2 is -CH 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -or- SO 2 -. The bonding position of V 1 and V 2 with respect to each ring, and the bonding position of V 2 and V 3 with respect to each ring are independent of each other, and are preferably meta or para, and more preferably para.

式(10)~式(18)所示之基中,就易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數及耐彎曲性之觀點而言,較佳為式(13)、式(14)、式(15)、式(16)及式(17)所示之基,更佳為式(14)、式(15)及式(16)所示之基。又,就易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數及柔軟性之觀點而言,V1 、V2 及V3 相互獨立地較佳為單鍵、-O-或-S-,更佳為單鍵或-O-。Among the bases represented by formulas (10) to (18), from the viewpoint of easily improving the tensile modulus of elasticity and bending resistance of the optical film, formulas (13), (14), and ( 15) The base represented by formula (16) and formula (17) is more preferably the base represented by formula (14), formula (15) and formula (16). Moreover, from the viewpoint of easy improvement of the tensile modulus of elasticity and flexibility of the optical film, V 1 , V 2 and V 3 are independently of each other preferably a single bond, -O- or -S-, more preferably a single bond, -O- or -S- Key or -O-.

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,聚醯胺系樹脂及/或聚醯亞胺系樹脂含有式(5)所示之2價有機基作為式(1)中之X或式(2)中之X。 [化14]

Figure 02_image029
[式(5)中,Ar2 相互獨立地表示可具有取代基之2價芳香族基,V表示單鍵、-O-、二苯基亞甲基、茀基、碳數1~12之2價烴基、-SO2 -、-S-、-CO-、-PO-、-PO2 -、-N(Ra )-或-Si(Rb )2 -,此處,該烴基可包含脂環式結構,該烴基中所含之氫原子可相互獨立地被鹵素原子取代,Ra 及Rb 相互獨立地表示氫原子或可經鹵素原子取代之碳數1~12之1價烴基,m表示0~3之整數,*表示鍵結鍵] 於結構單元(1)及結構單元(2)含有式(5)所示之2價有機基作為X之情形時,結構單元(1)及結構單元(2)可含有式(5)所示之1種或2種以上之2價有機基作為X。結構單元(1)及結構單元(2)除含有式(5)所示之2價有機基作為X以外,亦可含有不相當於式(5)所示之2價有機基之其他2價有機基作為X。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the polyamide resin and/or polyimide resin contains the divalent organic group represented by formula (5) as X in formula (1) or formula (2) Among the X. [化14]
Figure 02_image029
[In formula (5), Ar 2 independently represents a divalent aromatic group that may have a substituent, and V represents a single bond, -O-, diphenylmethylene, stilbene, 2 of carbon number 1-12 Valence hydrocarbon group, -SO 2 -, -S- , -CO-, -PO-, -PO 2 -, -N(R a )- or -Si(R b ) 2 -, where the hydrocarbon group may contain fat Cyclic structure, the hydrogen atoms contained in the hydrocarbon group can be independently substituted by halogen atoms, R a and R b independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms that can be substituted by a halogen atom, m Represents an integer from 0 to 3, * represents a bonding bond] When the structural unit (1) and the structural unit (2) contain the divalent organic group represented by the formula (5) as X, the structural unit (1) and the structure The unit (2) may contain one type or two or more types of divalent organic groups represented by formula (5) as X. The structural unit (1) and the structural unit (2) may contain the divalent organic group represented by the formula (5) as X, and may also contain other divalent organic groups that are not equivalent to the divalent organic group represented by the formula (5) Base as X.

式(5)中之Ar2 表示可具有取代基之2價芳香族基。2價芳香族基為單環式芳香族環、縮合多環式芳香族環或集合環式芳香族環之2個氫原子被取代成鍵結鍵之基。2價芳香族基可包含僅由碳原子形成環(單環、縮合多環或集合環)之芳香族環,亦可包含含有碳原子以外之原子而形成環之雜芳香族環。作為碳原子以外之原子,例如可舉出:氮原子、硫原子及氧原子。形成芳香族環之碳原子及碳原子以外之原子之合計數並無特別限定,較佳為5~18,更佳為5~14,進而較佳為5~12。於式(5)中之m為1以上之情形時存在之複數個Ar2 相互可相同亦可不同。 Ar 2 in the formula (5) represents a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent. The divalent aromatic group is a group in which two hydrogen atoms of a monocyclic aromatic ring, a condensed polycyclic aromatic ring, or an aggregate ring aromatic ring are substituted to form a bonding bond. The divalent aromatic group may include an aromatic ring (monocyclic, condensed polycyclic, or collective ring) formed only by carbon atoms, or may include a heteroaromatic ring including atoms other than carbon atoms to form a ring. Examples of atoms other than carbon atoms include nitrogen atoms, sulfur atoms, and oxygen atoms. The total number of carbon atoms and atoms other than carbon atoms forming the aromatic ring is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5-18, more preferably 5-14, and still more preferably 5-12. When m in formula (5) is 1 or more, the plurality of Ar 2 may be the same or different from each other.

作為單環式芳香族環,例如可舉出:苯、呋喃、吡咯、噻吩、吡啶、咪唑、吡唑、㗁唑、噻唑、咪唑啉等。Examples of the monocyclic aromatic ring include benzene, furan, pyrrole, thiophene, pyridine, imidazole, pyrazole, azole, thiazole, imidazoline, and the like.

作為縮合多環式芳香族環,例如可舉出:萘、蒽、菲、吲哚、苯并噻唑、苯并咪唑、苯并㗁唑等。Examples of the condensed polycyclic aromatic ring include naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, indole, benzothiazole, benzimidazole, and benzoxazole.

作為集合環式芳香族環,可舉出2個以上之單環式芳香族環及/或縮合多環式芳香族環以單鍵連結而成之結構,作為其例,可舉出上述中作為單環式芳香族環或縮合多環式芳香族環之例所記載之環之2以上以單鍵連結而成之基,例如聯苯、聯三苯、聯四苯、聯萘、1-苯基萘、2-苯基萘、聯吡啶等。As the aggregate ring aromatic ring, there can be mentioned a structure in which two or more monocyclic aromatic rings and/or condensed polycyclic aromatic rings are connected by a single bond. As an example, the above can be mentioned as Groups in which two or more of the rings described in the examples of monocyclic aromatic rings or condensed polycyclic aromatic rings are connected by single bonds, such as biphenyl, triphenyl, bitetraphenyl, binaphthyl, 1-benzene Base naphthalene, 2-phenyl naphthalene, bipyridine, etc.

就易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數之觀點而言,可具有取代基之2價芳香族基較佳為可具有取代基之芳香族烴環之2個氫原子被取代成鍵結鍵之基,更佳為可具有取代基之苯、聯苯、聯三苯或聯四苯之2個氫原子被取代成鍵結鍵之基,進而較佳為可具有取代基之苯或聯苯之2個氫原子被取代成鍵結鍵之基。From the viewpoint of easy improvement of the tensile elastic modulus of the optical film, the divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent is preferably the aromatic hydrocarbon ring which may have a substituent. Two hydrogen atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring are substituted to form a bonding bond. Group, more preferably a group in which two hydrogen atoms of benzene, biphenyl, terphenyl or bitetraphenyl which may have substituents are substituted to form a bonding bond, and more preferably a group of benzene or biphenyl which may have substituents Two hydrogen atoms are substituted to form a bonding bond group.

作為Ar2 中之取代基,可舉出:鹵基、碳數1~12之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基或碳數6~12之芳基、或者該等中所含之氫原子被鹵素原子取代之基。Examples of the substituents in Ar 2 include halogen groups, alkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbons, alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbons, or aryl groups having 6 to 12 carbons, or those contained in these groups. A group in which a hydrogen atom is replaced by a halogen atom.

碳數1~12之烷基可為碳數1~12之直鏈狀或支鏈狀之烷基,較佳為碳數1~6之直鏈狀或支鏈狀之烷基。作為此種基,例如可舉出:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、2-甲基丁基、3-甲基丁基、2-乙基丙基、正己基、正庚基、正辛基、第三辛基、正壬基及正癸基等。The C1-C12 alkyl group may be a C1-C12 linear or branched alkyl group, preferably a C1-C6 linear or branched alkyl group. Examples of such groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, second butyl, tertiary butyl, n-pentyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3 -Methylbutyl, 2-ethylpropyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, tertiary octyl, n-nonyl and n-decyl, etc.

作為碳數1~6之烷氧基,例如可舉出:甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基、異丁氧基、第三丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、環己氧基等。Examples of alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include: methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, tert-butoxy, and pentoxy Group, hexyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, etc.

作為碳數6~12之芳基,例如可舉出:苯基、甲苯基、二甲苯基、萘基、聯苯基等。Examples of aryl groups having 6 to 12 carbon atoms include phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, naphthyl, and biphenyl.

作為鹵素原子,可舉出:氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等。As a halogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc. are mentioned.

作為Ar2 中之取代基,較佳為鹵基或氫原子可被鹵素原子取代之碳數1~12之烷基,更佳為甲基、氟基、氯基或三氟甲基。The substituent in Ar 2 is preferably a halogen group or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom can be substituted by a halogen atom, and more preferably a methyl group, a fluoro group, a chloro group or a trifluoromethyl group.

式(5)中之V表示單鍵、-O-、二苯基亞甲基、茀基、碳數1~12之2價烴基、-SO2 -、-S-、-CO-、-PO-、-PO2 -、-N(Ra )-或-Si(Rb )2 -。此處,該烴基可包含脂環式結構,該烴基中所含之氫原子可相互獨立地被鹵素原子取代,Ra 及Rb 相互獨立地表示氫原子或可經鹵素原子取代之碳數1~12之1價烴基。作為碳數1~12之1價烴基,例如可舉出甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、2-甲基丁基、3-甲基丁基、2-乙基丙基、正己基、正庚基、正辛基、第三辛基、正壬基、正癸基、環戊基、環己基等,該等可經鹵素原子取代。作為上述鹵素原子,可舉出:氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等。就易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數及耐彎曲性之觀點而言,式(5)中之V較佳為單鍵、或碳數1~12之2價烴基及該等烴基中所含之氫原子之至少一部分被鹵素原子取代之基,更佳為單鍵、-CH2 -、-CH2 -CH2 -、-CH(CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )2 -或-C(CF3 )2 -,進而較佳為單鍵、-C(CH3 )2 -或-C(CF3 )2 -,進而更佳為單鍵或-C(CF3 )2 -。V in the formula (5) represents a single bond, -O-, diphenylmethylene, stilbene, a divalent hydrocarbon group with 1 to 12 carbons, -SO 2 -, -S-, -CO-, -PO -, -PO 2 -, -N(R a )- or -Si(R b ) 2 -. Here, the hydrocarbyl group may include an alicyclic structure, the hydrogen atoms contained in the hydrocarbyl group may be independently substituted by halogen atoms, and R a and R b independently represent a hydrogen atom or a carbon number that may be substituted by a halogen atom. 1 ~12 monovalent hydrocarbon group. Examples of monovalent hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, second butyl, tertiary butyl, n-pentyl, 2-methyl Butyl, 3-methylbutyl, 2-ethylpropyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, tertiary octyl, n-nonyl, n-decyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc., These can be substituted by halogen atoms. As said halogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc. are mentioned. From the viewpoint of easily improving the tensile elastic modulus and bending resistance of the optical film, V in formula (5) is preferably a single bond, or a divalent hydrocarbon group with 1 to 12 carbons, and those contained in the hydrocarbon group A group in which at least a part of the hydrogen atoms is substituted by halogen atoms, more preferably a single bond, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -or- C(CF 3 ) 2 -, more preferably a single bond, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, still more preferably a single bond or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -.

式(5)中之m表示0~3之整數,就易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數之觀點而言,較佳為0~2,更佳為0或1,進而較佳為1。In the formula (5), m represents an integer of 0 to 3, and from the viewpoint that it is easy to increase the tensile elastic modulus of the optical film, it is preferably 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and even more preferably 1.

於本發明之光學膜中所含之聚醯胺系樹脂及/或聚醯亞胺系樹脂中可包含之結構單元(1)及/或結構單元(2)含有式(5)所示的2價有機基作為X之本發明之較佳之一態樣中,就易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數之觀點而言,在將結構單元(1)及結構單元(2)之合計設為100莫耳%時,式(1)中之X為式(5)所示之2價有機基之結構單元及式(2)中之X為式(5)所示之2價有機基之結構單元的合計之比率較佳為70~100莫耳%,更佳為80~100莫耳%,進而較佳為90~100莫耳%,可於結構單元(1)及結構單元(2)之全部結構單元中X均為式(5)所示之2價有機基。The structural unit (1) and/or the structural unit (2) that can be contained in the polyamide resin and/or polyimide resin contained in the optical film of the present invention contains 2 represented by formula (5) In a preferred aspect of the present invention where the valence organic group is X, from the viewpoint of easily improving the tensile elastic modulus of the optical film, the total of the structural unit (1) and the structural unit (2) is set to 100 Mole%, X in formula (1) is the structural unit of the divalent organic group shown in formula (5) and X in formula (2) is the structural unit of the divalent organic group shown in formula (5) The total ratio of is preferably 70-100 mol%, more preferably 80-100 mol%, and still more preferably 90-100 mol%, which can be used in all of the structural unit (1) and the structural unit (2) X in the structural unit is a divalent organic group represented by formula (5).

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,就易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數之觀點而言,式(1)所示之結構單元及/或式(2)所示之結構單元含有式(5a)所示之2價有機基作為X。 [化15]

Figure 02_image031
[式(5a)中,R2 表示碳數1~12之氟烷基,p及q相互獨立地表示1~4之整數,其中,於p及/或q表示2~4之整數之情形時存在之複數個R2 相互可相同亦可不同,*表示鍵結鍵] 再者,式(5a)所示之2價有機基係包含於式(5)所示之2價有機基中之基,具體而言係相當於式(5)中之V表示單鍵,Ar2 表示經碳數1~12之氟烷基(R2 )取代之苯環,m表示0~3之整數之2價有機基的基。於結構單元(1)及結構單元(2)含有式(5a)所示之2價有機基作為X之情形時,結構單元(1)及結構單元(2)可含有式(5a)所示之1種或2種以上之2價有機基作為X。結構單元(1)及/或結構單元(2)除含有式(5a)所示之2價有機基作為X以外,亦可含有不相當於式(5a)所示之2價有機基之其他2價有機基作為X。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, from the viewpoint of easily increasing the tensile elastic modulus of the optical film, the structural unit represented by formula (1) and/or the structural unit represented by formula (2) contains the formula The divalent organic group shown in (5a) is referred to as X. [化15]
Figure 02_image031
[In formula (5a), R 2 represents a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and p and q independently represent an integer of 1 to 4, where p and/or q represent an integer of 2 to 4 The existence of a plurality of R 2 may be the same or different from each other, * represents a bonding bond] Furthermore, the divalent organic group represented by formula (5a) is a group contained in the divalent organic group represented by formula (5) Specifically, it corresponds to the formula (5) where V represents a single bond, Ar 2 represents a benzene ring substituted by a fluoroalkyl group (R 2 ) with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and m represents an integer of 0 to 3 divalent The base of the organic base. When the structural unit (1) and the structural unit (2) contain the divalent organic group represented by the formula (5a) as X, the structural unit (1) and the structural unit (2) may contain the formula (5a) One type or two or more types of divalent organic groups are used as X. Structural unit (1) and/or structural unit (2) may contain the divalent organic group represented by formula (5a) as X, and may also contain other 2 that is not equivalent to the divalent organic group represented by formula (5a) The valence organic group is X.

式(5a)中之R2 表示碳數1~12之氟烷基。碳數1~12之氟烷基係碳數1~12之直鏈狀或支鏈狀之烷基之至少一個氫原子被氟原子取代的基。作為碳數1~12之直鏈狀或支鏈狀之氟烷基,例如可舉出:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、2-甲基丁基、3-甲基丁基、2-乙基丙基、正己基、正庚基、正辛基、第三辛基、正壬基及正癸基等中之至少一個氫原子被氟原子取代之基。作為碳數1~12之氟烷基,具體而言,例如可舉出:氟甲基、二氟甲基、三氟甲基、氟乙基、二氟乙基、三氟乙基、五氟乙基、七氟丙基、九氟丁基等。氟烷基之碳數較佳為1~6,更佳為1~4,進而較佳為1或2。 R 2 in the formula (5a) represents a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. The fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is a group in which at least one hydrogen atom of a linear or branched chain alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is substituted with a fluorine atom. Examples of linear or branched fluoroalkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. Base, n-pentyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, 2-ethylpropyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, tertiary octyl, n-nonyl and n-decyl A group in which at least one hydrogen atom is replaced by a fluorine atom. Specific examples of the fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms include: fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, fluoroethyl, difluoroethyl, trifluoroethyl, and pentafluoro Ethyl, heptafluoropropyl, nonafluorobutyl, etc. The carbon number of the fluoroalkyl group is preferably 1-6, more preferably 1-4, and still more preferably 1 or 2.

p及q相互獨立地表示1~4之整數。就易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數之觀點而言,p較佳為1或2之整數,更佳為2。就易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數之觀點而言,q較佳為1或2之整數,更佳為1。此處,於p及/或q表示2~4之整數之情形時存在之複數個R2 相互可相同亦可不同,較佳為存在之複數個R2 相互相同。p and q represent an integer of 1 to 4 independently of each other. From the viewpoint of easy improvement of the tensile elastic modulus of the optical film, p is preferably an integer of 1 or 2, and more preferably 2. From the viewpoint of easily increasing the tensile elastic modulus of the optical film, q is preferably an integer of 1 or 2, and more preferably 1. Here, when p and/or q represent an integer of 2 to 4, the plurality of R 2 present may be the same or different from each other, and it is preferable that the plurality of R 2 present are the same as each other.

關於式(5a)中之2個鍵結鍵,相互位置並無特別限定,可為鄰位、間位、對位之任一種,就易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數之觀點而言,該鍵結鍵較佳為相互位於對位。Regarding the two bonding bonds in formula (5a), the mutual position is not particularly limited, and can be any of ortho, meta, and para. From the viewpoint of easy improvement of the tensile elastic modulus of the optical film, The bonding keys are preferably positioned opposite to each other.

作為式(5a)所示之2價芳香族基之較佳例,可舉出如下芳香族基:式(5a)中之R2 表示碳數1~12之全氟烷基,p為2,q為1或2及/或2個鍵結鍵相互位於對位。Preferred examples of the divalent aromatic group represented by formula (5a) include the following aromatic groups: R 2 in formula (5a) represents a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and p is 2, q is 1 or 2 and/or the two bonding bonds are positioned opposite each other.

於本發明之光學膜中所含之樹脂中可包含之結構單元(1)及/或結構單元(2)含有式(5a)所示的2價有機基作為X之本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,就易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數之觀點而言,在將聚醯胺醯亞胺系樹脂中所包含之結構單元(1)及結構單元(2)之合計設為100莫耳%時,式(1)中之X為式(5a)所示之2價有機基之結構單元及式(2)中之X為式(5a)所示之2價有機基之結構單元的合計之比率較佳為70~100莫耳%,更佳為80~100莫耳%,進而較佳為90~100莫耳%,可於結構單元(1)及結構單元(2)之全部結構單元中X均為式(5a)所示之2價有機基。The structural unit (1) and/or the structural unit (2) that can be contained in the resin contained in the optical film of the present invention contains a divalent organic group represented by the formula (5a) as one of the preferred implementations of the present invention In the method, from the viewpoint of easy improvement of the tensile elastic modulus of the optical film, the total of the structural unit (1) and the structural unit (2) contained in the polyimide-imide resin is set to 100 mol When ear%, X in formula (1) is the structural unit of the divalent organic group shown in formula (5a) and X in formula (2) is the structural unit of the divalent organic group shown in formula (5a) The total ratio is preferably 70-100 mol%, more preferably 80-100 mol%, and still more preferably 90-100 mol%, which can be used in all structures of structural unit (1) and structural unit (2) X in the unit is a divalent organic group represented by formula (5a).

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,聚醯胺系樹脂及聚醯亞胺系樹脂包含式(4)所示之結構作為式(1)中之X或式(2)中之X。 [化16]

Figure 02_image033
[式(4)中,R10 ~R17 相互獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基或碳數6~12之芳基,R10 ~R17 中所含之氫原子可相互獨立地被鹵素原子取代,*表示鍵結鍵] 若式(1)及式(2)所示之複數個結構單元中之X之至少一部分為式(4)所示之結構,則易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數及透明性。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the polyamide resin and polyimine resin include the structure represented by formula (4) as X in formula (1) or X in formula (2). [化16]
Figure 02_image033
[In formula (4), R 10 to R 17 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons, an alkoxy group with 1 to 6 carbons, or an aryl group with 6 to 12 carbons, R 10 to The hydrogen atoms contained in R 17 can be independently substituted by halogen atoms, and * represents a bonding bond] If at least a part of X in the plural structural units shown in formula (1) and formula (2) is formula (4) The structure shown in) is easy to improve the tensile elastic modulus and transparency of the optical film.

式(4)中,R10 、R11 、R12 、R13 、R14 、R15 、R16 及R17 相互獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基或碳數6~12之芳基。作為碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基或碳數6~12之芳基,可舉出作為式(3)中之碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基或碳數6~12之芳基所例示之基。R10 ~R17 相互獨立地較佳為表示氫原子或碳數1~6之烷基,更佳為表示氫原子或碳數1~3之烷基,此處,R10 ~R17 中所含之氫原子可相互獨立地被鹵素原子取代。作為鹵素原子,例如可舉出:氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子。就光學膜之拉伸彈性模數、透明性及耐彎曲性之觀點而言,R10 ~R17 相互獨立地進而較佳為氫原子、甲基、氟基、氯基或三氟甲基,進而更佳為R10 、R12 、R13 、R14 、R15 及R16 為氫原子,R11 及R17 為氫原子、甲基、氟基、氯基或三氟甲基,尤佳為R11 及R17 為甲基或三氟甲基。In formula (4), R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 and R 17 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, and a carbon number of 1 to 6 The alkoxy group or the aryl group with 6-12 carbons. Examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbons, alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbons, or aryl groups having 6 to 12 carbons include the alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbons in formula (3), The group exemplified by the alkoxy group having 1 to 6 or the aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. R 10 to R 17 independently of each other preferably represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, where R 10 to R 17 are The hydrogen atoms contained can be replaced by halogen atoms independently of each other. As a halogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom are mentioned, for example. From the viewpoints of the tensile modulus of elasticity, transparency, and bending resistance of the optical film, R 10 to R 17 are independently of each other and are more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a fluorine group, a chlorine group, or a trifluoromethyl group, More preferably, R 10 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 are hydrogen atoms, and R 11 and R 17 are hydrogen atoms, methyl, fluoro, chloro, or trifluoromethyl, and most preferably Where R 11 and R 17 are methyl or trifluoromethyl.

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,式(4)所示之結構單元為式(4')所示之結構單元, [化17]

Figure 02_image035
即,式(1)及式(2)所示之複數個結構單元中之X之至少一部分為式(4')所示之結構單元。於此情形時,藉由含有氟元素之骨架會提高聚醯亞胺系樹脂或聚醯胺系樹脂於溶劑中之溶解性,從而易於提高含有該樹脂之清漆之保管穩定性,並且易於降低該清漆之黏度,從而易於提高光學膜之加工性。其結果,易於製造滿足數式(1)~數式(3)之本發明之光學膜。又,藉由含有氟元素之骨架而易於提高光學膜之光學特性。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the structural unit represented by formula (4) is the structural unit represented by formula (4'), [化17]
Figure 02_image035
That is, at least a part of X in the plural structural units represented by formula (1) and formula (2) is a structural unit represented by formula (4'). In this case, the fluorine-containing skeleton will increase the solubility of the polyimide resin or polyimide resin in the solvent, thereby easily improving the storage stability of the varnish containing the resin and reducing the The viscosity of the varnish makes it easy to improve the processability of the optical film. As a result, it is easy to manufacture the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the mathematical formulas (1) to (3). In addition, it is easy to improve the optical properties of the optical film by the skeleton containing the fluorine element.

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,上述聚醯亞胺系樹脂或聚醯胺系樹脂中可含有之X之較佳為30莫耳%以上、更佳為50莫耳%以上、進而較佳為70莫耳%以上由式(4)表示,尤其是由式(4')表示。於聚醯亞胺系樹脂或聚醯胺系樹脂中之上述範圍內之X由式(4)表示,尤其是由式(4')表示之情形時,所得之光學膜藉由含有氟元素之骨架而提高樹脂於溶劑中之溶解性,從而易於提高含有該樹脂之清漆之保管穩定性,並且易於降低該清漆之黏度,從而易於製造滿足數式(1)~數式(3)之本發明之光學膜。又,藉由含有氟元素之骨架,亦易於提高光學膜之光學特性。再者,較佳為上述聚醯亞胺系樹脂或聚醯胺系樹脂中之X之100莫耳%以下由式(4)表示,尤其是由式(4')表示。上述樹脂中之X可為式(4),尤其是式(4')。上述樹脂中之X由式(4)表示之結構單元之比率例如可使用1 H-NMR進行測定,或者亦可根據原料之添加比而算出。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the X that can be contained in the polyimide resin or polyimide resin is preferably 30 mol% or more, more preferably 50 mol% or more, and more Preferably, 70 mol% or more is represented by formula (4), especially represented by formula (4'). In the polyimide-based resin or polyimide-based resin, X within the above-mentioned range is represented by formula (4), especially when represented by formula (4'), the resulting optical film is obtained by containing a fluorine element The skeleton improves the solubility of the resin in the solvent, thereby easily improving the storage stability of the varnish containing the resin, and easily reducing the viscosity of the varnish, thereby making it easy to manufacture the present invention satisfying the formula (1) to the formula (3)的optical film. In addition, it is easy to improve the optical properties of the optical film by the skeleton containing the fluorine element. Furthermore, it is preferable that 100 mol% or less of X in the polyimide-based resin or polyimide-based resin is represented by formula (4), especially represented by formula (4'). X in the above resin may be formula (4), especially formula (4'). The ratio of the structural unit represented by the formula (4) of X in the above resin can be measured, for example, using 1 H-NMR, or can also be calculated based on the addition ratio of the raw materials.

聚醯亞胺系樹脂可為包含式(30)所示之結構單元及/或式(31)所示之結構單元者,且可除式(1)所示之結構單元及視情況包含之式(2)所示之結構單元以外,亦包含式(30)所示之結構單元及/或式(31)所示之結構單元。 [化18]

Figure 02_image037
The polyimide-based resin may contain the structural unit represented by formula (30) and/or the structural unit represented by formula (31), and can be in addition to the structural unit represented by formula (1) and optionally included formula In addition to the structural unit shown in (2), it also includes the structural unit shown in formula (30) and/or the structural unit shown in formula (31). [化18]
Figure 02_image037

式(30)中,Y1 為4價有機基,較佳為有機基中之氫原子可被烴基或經氟取代之烴基取代之有機基。作為Y1 ,可例示:式(20)、式(21)、式(22)、式(23)、式(24)、式(25)、式(26)、式(27)、式(28)及式(29)所示之基;該式(20)~式(29)所示之基中之氫原子被甲基、氟基、氯基或三氟甲基取代之基;以及4價碳數6以下之鏈式烴基。於本發明之一實施方式中,聚醯亞胺系樹脂可含有複數種Y1 ,複數種Y1 相互可相同亦可不同。In formula (30), Y 1 is a tetravalent organic group, preferably an organic group in which the hydrogen atom in the organic group can be substituted by a hydrocarbon group or a fluorine-substituted hydrocarbon group. As Y 1 , there can be exemplified: formula (20), formula (21), formula (22), formula (23), formula (24), formula (25), formula (26), formula (27), formula (28) ) And the group represented by the formula (29); the hydrogen atom in the group represented by the formula (20) to the formula (29) is substituted by a methyl group, a fluoro group, a chloro group or a trifluoromethyl group; and a tetravalent group Chain hydrocarbon group with carbon number 6 or less. In one embodiment of the present invention, the polyimide-based resin may contain multiple types of Y 1 , and the multiple types of Y 1 may be the same or different from each other.

式(31)中,Y2 為3價有機基,較佳為有機基中之氫原子可被烴基或經氟取代之烴基取代之有機基。作為Y2 ,可例示:上述式(20)、式(21)、式(22)、式(23)、式(24)、式(25)、式(26)、式(27)、式(28)及式(29)所示之基之鍵結鍵之任一個被取代成氫原子的基;及碳數6以下之3價鏈式烴基。於本發明之一實施方式中,聚醯亞胺系樹脂可含有複數種Y2 ,複數種Y2 相互可相同亦可不同。In formula (31), Y 2 is a trivalent organic group, preferably an organic group in which the hydrogen atom in the organic group can be substituted by a hydrocarbon group or a fluorine-substituted hydrocarbon group. As Y 2 , the above formula (20), formula (21), formula (22), formula (23), formula (24), formula (25), formula (26), formula (27), formula ( 28) A group in which any one of the bonding bonds of the group represented by the formula (29) is substituted with a hydrogen atom; and a trivalent chain hydrocarbon group with a carbon number of 6 or less. In one embodiment of the present invention, the polyimide-based resin may contain a plurality of types of Y 2 , and the plurality of types of Y 2 may be the same or different from each other.

式(30)及式(31)中,X1 及X2 相互獨立為2價有機基,較佳為有機基中之氫原子可被烴基或經氟取代之烴基取代之有機基。作為X1 及X2 ,可例示:上述式(10)、式(11)、式(12)、式(13)、式(14)、式(15)、式(16)、式(17)及式(18)所示之基;該式(10)~式(18)所示之基中之氫原子被甲基、氟基、氯基或三氟甲基取代之基;以及碳數6以下之鏈式烴基。In formula (30) and formula (31), X 1 and X 2 are independently a divalent organic group, preferably an organic group in which the hydrogen atom in the organic group can be substituted by a hydrocarbon group or a fluorine-substituted hydrocarbon group. Examples of X 1 and X 2 include the above-mentioned formula (10), formula (11), formula (12), formula (13), formula (14), formula (15), formula (16), and formula (17) And the group represented by the formula (18); the hydrogen atom in the group represented by the formula (10) to the formula (18) is substituted by a methyl group, a fluoro group, a chloro group or a trifluoromethyl group; and a carbon number of 6 The following chain hydrocarbon groups.

於本發明之一實施方式中,聚醯亞胺系樹脂包含式(1)及/或式(2)所示之結構單元、以及視情形包含之式(30)及/或式(31)所示之結構單元。又,就易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數、光學特性及耐彎曲性,且易於提高以高溫進行熱處理後之光學膜之視認性之觀點而言,於上述聚醯亞胺系樹脂中,基於式(1)及式(2)、以及視情形包含之式(30)及式(31)所示之全部結構單元,式(1)及式(2)所示之結構單元之比率較佳為80莫耳%以上,更佳為90莫耳%以上,進而較佳為95莫耳%以上。再者,於聚醯亞胺系樹脂中,式(1)及式(2)所示之結構單元之比率相對於式(1)及式(2)、以及視情形包含之式(30)及/或式(31)所示之全部結構單元之合計而通常為100%以下。再者,上述比率例如可使用1 H-NMR進行測定,或者亦可根據原料之添加比而算出。In one embodiment of the present invention, the polyimide-based resin includes structural units represented by formula (1) and/or formula (2), and optionally includes formula (30) and/or formula (31). Show the structural unit. In addition, in terms of the ease of improving the tensile modulus, optical properties, and bending resistance of the optical film, and the ease of improving the visibility of the optical film after heat treatment at a high temperature, among the above-mentioned polyimide-based resins, Based on formula (1) and formula (2), as well as all the structural units shown in formula (30) and formula (31) included as appropriate, the ratio of the structural units shown in formula (1) and formula (2) is better It is 80 mol% or more, more preferably 90 mol% or more, and still more preferably 95 mol% or more. Furthermore, in the polyimide-based resin, the ratio of the structural units represented by formula (1) and formula (2) to formula (1) and formula (2), as well as formula (30) and formula (30) and /Or the total of all structural units represented by formula (31) is usually 100% or less. In addition, the above-mentioned ratio can be measured using 1 H-NMR, for example, or it can also be calculated based on the addition ratio of raw materials.

於本發明之一實施方式中,光學膜中之聚醯亞胺系樹脂及/或聚醯胺系樹脂之含量相對於光學膜100質量份而較佳為10質量份以上,更佳為30質量份以上,進而較佳為50質量份以上,且較佳為99.5質量份以下,更佳為95質量份以下。若聚醯亞胺系樹脂及/或聚醯胺系樹脂之含量在上述範圍內,則易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數、光學特性及耐彎曲性。又,易於提高以高溫進行熱處理後之光學膜之視認性。In one embodiment of the present invention, the content of the polyimide resin and/or polyimide resin in the optical film is preferably 10 parts by mass or more, more preferably 30 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the optical film Parts or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more, preferably 99.5 parts by mass or less, more preferably 95 parts by mass or less. If the content of the polyimide-based resin and/or the polyimide-based resin is within the above range, it is easy to improve the tensile modulus, optical properties, and bending resistance of the optical film. In addition, it is easy to improve the visibility of the optical film after heat treatment at a high temperature.

關於聚醯亞胺系樹脂及聚醯胺系樹脂之重量平均分子量,就易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數及耐彎曲性之觀點而言,以標準聚苯乙烯換算計,較佳為100,000以上,更佳為130,000以上,進而較佳為150,000以上,進而更佳為170,000以上,尤佳為200,000以上,尤其更佳為230,000以上,尤其進而較佳為250,000以上,特佳為260,000以上。又,就易於提高該樹脂於溶劑中之溶解性,且易於提高光學膜之延伸性及加工性之觀點而言,聚醯亞胺系樹脂及聚醯胺系樹脂之重量平均分子量較佳為1,000,000以下,更佳為800,000以下,進而較佳為700,000以下,進而更佳為500,000以下,尤佳為400,000以下,尤其更佳為350,000以下,尤其進而較佳為300,000以下。重量平均分子量例如可進行GPC(gel permeation chromatography,凝膠滲透層析儀)測定並利用標準聚苯乙烯換算而求出,例如可利用實施例中記載之方法算出。於聚醯亞胺系樹脂及聚醯胺系樹脂之重量平均分子量(Mw)為上述上限以下之情形時,易於提高含有該樹脂之清漆之固形物成分,且易於降低清漆之黏度,其結果變得易於製造滿足數式(1)~數式(3)之本發明之光學膜。又,變得易於維持耐彎曲性試驗後之廣角方向之視認性。Regarding the weight average molecular weight of polyimide resins and polyimide resins, in terms of easy improvement of the tensile modulus of elasticity and bending resistance of the optical film, it is preferably 100,000 in terms of standard polystyrene. Above, more preferably 130,000 or more, still more preferably 150,000 or more, still more preferably 170,000 or more, even more preferably 200,000 or more, especially more preferably 230,000 or more, especially more preferably 250,000 or more, particularly preferably 260,000 or more. In addition, from the viewpoint of easily improving the solubility of the resin in a solvent and easily improving the extensibility and processability of the optical film, the weight average molecular weight of the polyimide resin and the polyamide resin is preferably 1,000,000 Hereinafter, it is more preferably 800,000 or less, still more preferably 700,000 or less, still more preferably 500,000 or less, particularly preferably 400,000 or less, especially more preferably 350,000 or less, and especially more preferably 300,000 or less. The weight average molecular weight can be determined by, for example, GPC (gel permeation chromatography) measurement and conversion using standard polystyrene. For example, it can be calculated by the method described in the Examples. When the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide resin and the polyimide resin is less than the above upper limit, it is easy to increase the solid content of the varnish containing the resin, and it is easy to reduce the viscosity of the varnish, and the result becomes It is easy to manufacture the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the formula (1) to (3). In addition, it becomes easier to maintain visibility in the wide-angle direction after the bending resistance test.

於聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂中,式(2)所示之結構單元之含量相對於式(1)所示之結構單元1莫耳而較佳為0.1莫耳以上,更佳為0.5莫耳以上,進而較佳為1.0莫耳以上,進而更佳為1.5莫耳以上,且較佳為6.0莫耳以下,更佳為5.0莫耳以下,進而較佳為4.5莫耳以下。若式(2)所示之結構單元之含量為上述下限以上,則易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數。又,若式(2)所示之結構單元之含量為上述上限以下,則易於抑制由於式(2)中之醯胺鍵間之氫鍵而導致的增黏,從而易於降低製造光學膜時之清漆之黏度,因此易於製造滿足數式(1)~數式(3)之本發明之光學膜。In the polyamide imide resin, the content of the structural unit represented by formula (2) is preferably 0.1 mol or more, more preferably 0.5 mol relative to 1 mol of the structural unit represented by formula (1) Above, it is more preferably 1.0 mol or more, still more preferably 1.5 mol or more, and preferably 6.0 mol or less, more preferably 5.0 mol or less, and still more preferably 4.5 mol or less. If the content of the structural unit represented by formula (2) is more than the above lower limit, it is easy to increase the tensile modulus of the optical film. Moreover, if the content of the structural unit represented by the formula (2) is below the above upper limit, it is easy to suppress the increase in the viscosity due to the hydrogen bonding between the amide bonds in the formula (2), and it is easy to reduce the production of the optical film. The viscosity of the varnish makes it easy to manufacture the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the equations (1) to (3).

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,光學膜中所含之聚醯亞胺系樹脂及/或聚醯胺系樹脂例如可含有能夠利用上述含氟取代基等而導入之氟原子等鹵素原子。於聚醯亞胺系樹脂及/或聚醯胺系樹脂含有鹵素原子之情形時,易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數,且易於降低YI值。若光學膜之拉伸彈性模數較高,則易於抑制損傷及皺褶等之產生,尤其是易於提高以高溫進行熱處理後之光學膜之視認性。又,若光學膜之YI值較低,則易於提高該膜之透明性及視認性。鹵素原子較佳為氟原子。作為用於使聚醯亞胺系樹脂中含有氟原子之較佳之含氟取代基,例如可舉出氟基及三氟甲基。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the polyimide-based resin and/or polyimide-based resin contained in the optical film may contain, for example, halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms that can be introduced by the above-mentioned fluorine-containing substituents. . When the polyimide-based resin and/or the polyimide-based resin contains halogen atoms, it is easy to increase the tensile modulus of the optical film, and it is easy to decrease the YI value. If the tensile elastic modulus of the optical film is high, it is easy to suppress the occurrence of damage and wrinkles, and it is especially easy to improve the visibility of the optical film after heat treatment at a high temperature. Moreover, if the YI value of the optical film is low, it is easy to improve the transparency and visibility of the film. The halogen atom is preferably a fluorine atom. As a preferable fluorine-containing substituent for making a polyimide resin contain a fluorine atom, a fluorine group and a trifluoromethyl group are mentioned, for example.

聚醯亞胺系樹脂及聚醯胺系樹脂中之鹵素原子之含量分別以聚醯亞胺系樹脂及聚醯胺系樹脂之質量為基準而較佳為1~40質量%,更佳為5~40質量%,進而較佳為5~30質量%。若鹵素原子之含量為上述下限以上,則更容易提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數,且更容易降低YI值。其結果,尤其是易於提高以高溫進行熱處理後之光學膜之視認性。若鹵素原子之含量為上述上限以下,則易於合成。The content of the halogen atom in the polyimide resin and the polyimide resin is based on the mass of the polyimide resin and the polyimide resin, and is preferably 1-40% by mass, more preferably 5 -40% by mass, more preferably 5-30% by mass. If the content of halogen atoms is more than the above lower limit, it is easier to increase the tensile modulus of the optical film, and it is easier to lower the YI value. As a result, it is particularly easy to improve the visibility of the optical film after heat treatment at a high temperature. If the content of the halogen atom is less than the above upper limit, it is easy to synthesize.

聚醯亞胺系樹脂及聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂之醯亞胺化率較佳為90%以上,更佳為93%以上,進而較佳為96%以上。就易於提高光學膜之光學特性之觀點而言,醯亞胺化率較佳為上述下限以上。又,醯亞胺化率之上限為100%以下。醯亞胺化率表示聚醯亞胺系樹脂中之醯亞胺鍵之莫耳量相對於聚醯亞胺系樹脂中之源自四羧酸化合物之結構單元之莫耳量之2倍之值的比率。再者,於聚醯亞胺系樹脂含有三羧酸化合物之情形時,醯亞胺化率表示聚醯亞胺系樹脂中之醯亞胺鍵之莫耳量相對於聚醯亞胺系樹脂中之源自四羧酸化合物之結構單元之莫耳量之2倍之值與源自三羧酸化合物之結構單元之莫耳量之合計的比率。又,醯亞胺化率可藉由IR(infrared radiation,紅外線)法、NMR法等而求出。The polyimide resin and the polyimide resin have an imidization rate of preferably 90% or more, more preferably 93% or more, and still more preferably 96% or more. From the viewpoint of easy improvement of the optical properties of the optical film, the imidization rate is preferably at least the above lower limit. In addition, the upper limit of the imidization rate is 100% or less. The imidization rate represents the value of the molar amount of the amide bond in the polyimine resin relative to the molar amount of the tetracarboxylic acid compound-derived structural unit in the polyimine resin. The ratio. Furthermore, when the polyimide-based resin contains a tricarboxylic acid compound, the imidization rate means the molar amount of the imine bond in the polyimide-based resin relative to that in the polyimide-based resin The ratio of the value of twice the molar amount of the structural unit derived from the tetracarboxylic acid compound to the total molar amount of the structural unit derived from the tricarboxylic acid compound. In addition, the imidization rate can be obtained by an IR (infrared radiation) method, an NMR method, or the like.

本發明中,光學膜可含有聚醯胺系樹脂。本實施方式之聚醯胺系樹脂係以式(2)所示之重複結構單元為主之聚合物。聚醯胺系樹脂中之式(2)中之Z之較佳例及具體例與聚醯亞胺系樹脂中之Z之較佳例及具體例相同。上述聚醯胺系樹脂可包含Z不同之2種以上之式(2)所示之重複結構單元。In the present invention, the optical film may contain a polyamide-based resin. The polyamide resin of this embodiment is a polymer mainly composed of the repeating structural unit represented by formula (2). The preferable examples and specific examples of Z in the formula (2) in the polyimide-based resin are the same as the preferable examples and specific examples of Z in the polyimide-based resin. The above-mentioned polyamide-based resin may include two or more types of repeating structural units represented by formula (2) different in Z.

(樹脂之製造方法) 本發明之光學膜中所含之聚醯亞胺系樹脂及聚醯胺系樹脂之製造方法並無特別限定。聚醯亞胺樹脂及聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂例如可將四羧酸化合物及二胺化合物作為主要原料而製造,聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂及聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物樹脂例如可將四羧酸化合物、二羧酸化合物及二胺化合物作為主要原料而製造,聚醯胺樹脂例如可將二胺化合物及二羧酸化合物作為主要原料而製造。(Manufacturing method of resin) The manufacturing method of the polyimide resin and polyimide resin contained in the optical film of this invention is not specifically limited. Polyimide resins and polyimide precursor resins can be manufactured, for example, using tetracarboxylic acid compounds and diamine compounds as main raw materials. Polyimide resins and polyimide precursor resins can be, for example, Tetracarboxylic acid compounds, dicarboxylic acid compounds, and diamine compounds are produced as main raw materials, and polyamide resins can be produced, for example, using diamine compounds and dicarboxylic acid compounds as main raw materials.

式(1)及式(30)所示之結構單元通常由二胺化合物與四羧酸化合物衍生。式(2)所示之結構單元通常由二胺化合物與二羧酸化合物衍生。式(31)所示之結構單元通常由二胺化合物與三羧酸化合物衍生。The structural units represented by formula (1) and formula (30) are usually derived from diamine compounds and tetracarboxylic acid compounds. The structural unit represented by formula (2) is usually derived from a diamine compound and a dicarboxylic acid compound. The structural unit represented by formula (31) is usually derived from a diamine compound and a tricarboxylic acid compound.

作為樹脂之製造中所使用之二胺化合物,例如可舉出:脂肪族二胺、芳香族二胺及該等之混合物。再者,本實施方式中,「芳香族二胺」表示胺基直接鍵結於芳香環上之二胺,且可於其結構之一部分含有脂肪族基或其他取代基。該芳香環可為單環亦可為稠環,可例示苯環、萘環、蒽環及茀環等,但並不限定於該等。該等中,較佳可例示苯環。又,「脂肪族二胺」表示胺基直接鍵結於脂肪族基上之二胺,且可於其結構之一部分含有芳香環或其他取代基。As the diamine compound used in the production of the resin, for example, aliphatic diamine, aromatic diamine, and mixtures thereof can be cited. Furthermore, in this embodiment, "aromatic diamine" means a diamine in which an amine group is directly bonded to an aromatic ring, and may contain an aliphatic group or other substituents in a part of its structure. This aromatic ring may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, and a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a sulphur ring, etc. can be illustrated, but it is not limited to these. Among these, a benzene ring is preferably exemplified. In addition, "aliphatic diamine" means a diamine in which an amine group is directly bonded to an aliphatic group, and may contain an aromatic ring or other substituents in a part of its structure.

作為脂肪族二胺,例如可舉出:六亞甲基二胺等非環式脂肪族二胺;以及1,3-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、1,4-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、降𦯉烷二胺及4,4'-二胺基二環己基甲烷等環式脂肪族二胺等。該等可單獨使用或組合2種以上而使用。As aliphatic diamines, for example, acyclic aliphatic diamines such as hexamethylene diamine; 1,3-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, 1,4-bis(amino) Cycloaliphatic diamines such as methyl)cyclohexane, noralkanediamine and 4,4'-diaminodicyclohexylmethane, etc. These can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

作為芳香族二胺,例如可舉出:對苯二胺、間苯二胺、2,4-甲苯二胺、間苯二甲胺、對苯二甲胺、1,5-二胺基萘、2,6-二胺基萘等具有1個芳香環之芳香族二胺;4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4'-二胺基二苯基丙烷、4,4'-二胺基二苯基醚、3,4'-二胺基二苯基醚、3,3'-二胺基二苯基醚、4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、3,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、3,3'-二胺基二苯基碸、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2'-二甲基聯苯胺、2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4'-二胺基聯苯(有時記載為TFMB)、4,4'-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀、9,9-雙(4-胺基-3-甲基苯基)茀、9,9-雙(4-胺基-3-氯苯基)茀、9,9-雙(4-胺基-3-氟苯基)茀等具有2個以上之芳香環之芳香族二胺。該等可單獨使用或組合2種以上而使用。Examples of aromatic diamines include p-phenylenediamine, m-phenylenediamine, 2,4-toluenediamine, m-xylylenediamine, p-xylylenediamine, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 2,6-Diaminonaphthalene and other aromatic diamines with one aromatic ring; 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylpropane, 4,4' -Diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3, 4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-amino) Phenoxy) benzene, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl] ash, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl] ash, 2,2-bis[4- (4-aminophenoxy)phenyl)propane, 2,2-bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2'-dimethylbenzidine, 2,2 '-Bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl (sometimes referred to as TFMB), 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, 9,9- Bis(4-aminophenyl) pyrene, 9,9-bis(4-amino-3-methylphenyl) pyrene, 9,9-bis(4-amino-3-chlorophenyl) pyrene, Aromatic diamines with more than two aromatic rings, such as 9,9-bis(4-amino-3-fluorophenyl)sulfonate. These can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

芳香族二胺較佳為4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4'-二胺基二苯基丙烷、4,4'-二胺基二苯基醚、3,3'-二胺基二苯基醚、4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、3,3'-二胺基二苯基碸、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2'-二甲基聯苯胺、2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4'-二胺基聯苯(TFMB)、4,4'-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯,更佳為4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4'-二胺基二苯基丙烷、4,4'-二胺基二苯基醚、4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2'-二甲基聯苯胺、2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4'-二胺基聯苯(TFMB)、4,4'-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯。該等可單獨使用或組合2種以上而使用。The aromatic diamine is preferably 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylpropane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3' -Diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene , Bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl] ash, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl] ash, 2,2-bis[4-(4-amino) Phenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2'-dimethylbenzidine, 2,2'-bis(tris Fluoromethyl)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl (TFMB), 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, more preferably 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl Methyl methane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylpropane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 1,4-bis(4- Aminophenoxy)benzene, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl] chrysene, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2, 2'-dimethylbenzidine, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl (TFMB), 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy) ) Biphenyl. These can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

上述二胺化合物中,就易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數、透明性、柔軟性、耐彎曲性,且易於降低YI值之觀點而言,較佳為使用選自由具有聯苯結構之芳香族二胺所組成之群中之1種以上。更佳為使用選自由2,2'-二甲基聯苯胺、2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺、4,4'-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯及4,4'-二胺基二苯基醚所組成之群中之1種以上,進而更佳為使用2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4'-二胺基聯苯(TFMB)。Among the above-mentioned diamine compounds, it is preferable to use aromatic compounds selected from the group consisting of biphenyls in terms of easy improvement of the tensile elastic modulus, transparency, flexibility, and bending resistance of the optical film, and easy reduction of the YI value. One or more of the group consisting of diamines. More preferably, use selected from 2,2'-dimethylbenzidine, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine, 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl and At least one of the group consisting of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, and more preferably 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl (TFMB).

作為樹脂之製造中所使用之四羧酸化合物,可舉出:芳香族四羧酸二酐等芳香族四羧酸化合物;及脂肪族四羧酸二酐等脂肪族四羧酸化合物等。四羧酸化合物可單獨使用,亦可組合2種以上而使用。四羧酸化合物除二酐以外,亦可為醯氯化合物等四羧酸化合物類似物。Examples of the tetracarboxylic acid compound used in the production of the resin include aromatic tetracarboxylic acid compounds such as aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride; and aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid compounds such as aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride. The tetracarboxylic acid compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. In addition to the dianhydride, the tetracarboxylic acid compound may be a tetracarboxylic acid compound analog such as a chloride compound.

作為芳香族四羧酸二酐之具體例,可舉出:非縮合多環式之芳香族四羧酸二酐、單環式之芳香族四羧酸二酐及縮合多環式之芳香族四羧酸二酐。作為非縮合多環式之芳香族四羧酸二酐,例如可舉出:4,4'-氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、2,2',3,3'-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐(有時記載為BPDA)、2,2',3,3'-聯苯四羧酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-二苯基碸四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯氧基苯基)丙烷二酐、4,4'-(六氟亞異丙基)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(有時記載為6FDA)、1,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)甲烷二酐、雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)甲烷二酐、4,4'-(對苯二氧基)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、4,4'-(間苯二氧基)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐。又,作為單環式之芳香族四羧酸二酐,例如可舉出1,2,4,5-苯四羧酸二酐,作為縮合多環式之芳香族四羧酸二酐,例如可舉出2,3,6,7-萘四羧酸二酐。Specific examples of aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include: non-condensed polycyclic aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, monocyclic aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, and condensed polycyclic aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides Carboxylic dianhydride. Examples of non-condensed polycyclic aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include: 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid Acid dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride (sometimes referred to as BPDA), 2 ,2',3,3'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxybenzene Base) propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 4,4 '-(Hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic dianhydride (sometimes described as 6FDA), 1,2-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis (2,3-Dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) Ethane dianhydride, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)methane dianhydride, bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)methane dianhydride, 4,4'-(p-phenylenedioxy) di-o-benzene Dicarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-(isophthaloxy)diphthalic dianhydride. Moreover, as the monocyclic aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, for example, 1,2,4,5-benzenetetracarboxylic dianhydride can be cited, and as the condensed polycyclic aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, for example, For example, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride.

該等中,較佳可舉出4,4'-氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、2,2',3,3'-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐、2,2',3,3'-聯苯四羧酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-二苯基碸四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯氧基苯基)丙烷二酐、4,4'-(六氟亞異丙基)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(6FDA)、1,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)甲烷二酐、雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)甲烷二酐、4,4'-(對苯二氧基)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐及4,4'-(間苯二氧基)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐,更佳可舉出4,4'-氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐、2,2',3,3'-聯苯四羧酸二酐、4,4'-(六氟亞異丙基)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(6FDA)、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)甲烷二酐及4,4'-(對苯二氧基)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐。該等可單獨使用或組合2種以上而使用。Among these, preferred examples include 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3, 3'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3 ,3',4,4'-Diphenyl tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(2,3-dicarboxyl) Phenyl) propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxyphenyl) propane dianhydride, 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic dianhydride ( 6FDA), 1,2-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,2-bis(3 ,4-Dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)methane dianhydride, bis( 2,3-Dicarboxyphenyl)methane dianhydride, 4,4'-(terephthalic acid) dianhydride and 4,4'-(isophthalic acid) The dianhydride, more preferably 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'- Biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene)diphthalic dianhydride (6FDA), bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)methane dianhydride and 4,4 '-(Phenyldioxy)diphthalic dianhydride. These can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

作為脂肪族四羧酸二酐,可舉出環式或非環式之脂肪族四羧酸二酐。環式脂肪族四羧酸二酐係具有脂環式烴結構之四羧酸二酐,作為其具體例,可舉出:1,2,4,5-環己烷四羧酸二酐、1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐、1,2,3,4-環戊烷四羧酸二酐等環烷烴四羧酸二酐;二環[2.2.2]辛-7-烯-2,3,5,6-四羧酸二酐、二環己基-3,3',4,4'-四羧酸二酐及該等之位置異構物。該等可單獨使用或組合2種以上而使用。作為非環式脂肪族四羧酸二酐之具體例,可舉出1,2,3,4-丁烷四羧酸二酐及1,2,3,4-戊烷四羧酸二酐等,該等可單獨使用或組合2種以上而使用。又,亦可組合環式脂肪族四羧酸二酐及非環式脂肪族四羧酸二酐而使用。Examples of the aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride include cyclic or acyclic aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides. Cycloaliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride is a tetracarboxylic dianhydride having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure. Specific examples include: 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1 , 2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-cyclopentane tetracarboxylic dianhydride and other cycloalkane tetracarboxylic dianhydrides; bicyclo[2.2.2]oct- 7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, dicyclohexyl-3,3',4,4'-tetracarboxylic dianhydride and their positional isomers. These can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types. Specific examples of acyclic aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride include 1,2,3,4-butane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-pentane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, etc. , These can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. Moreover, it is also possible to combine cyclic aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride and acyclic aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride and use.

上述四羧酸二酐中,就易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數、表面硬度、透明性、柔軟性及耐彎曲性,且易於降低YI值之觀點而言,較佳為4,4'-氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐、2,2',3,3'-聯苯四羧酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-二苯基碸四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、4,4'-(六氟亞異丙基)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、以及該等之混合物,更佳為3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐及4,4'-(六氟亞異丙基)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、以及該等之混合物,進而較佳為4,4'-(六氟亞異丙基)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(6FDA)及3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐(BPDA)。Among the above-mentioned tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, 4,4' is preferred in terms of easy improvement of the tensile modulus, surface hardness, transparency, flexibility and bending resistance of the optical film, and easy reduction of the YI value. -Oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2, 2',3,3'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ) Propane dianhydride, 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic dianhydride, and mixtures thereof, more preferably 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid Dianhydride and 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic dianhydride, and mixtures of these, and more preferably 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalene Dicarboxylic dianhydride (6FDA) and 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride (BPDA).

作為樹脂之合成中所使用之二羧酸化合物,可舉出芳香族二羧酸、脂肪族二羧酸、以及該等類似之醯氯化合物、酸酐等,且可倂用2種以上。作為具體例,可舉出:對苯二甲酸;間苯二甲酸;2-甲氧基對苯二甲酸;2-甲基對苯二甲酸;2,5-雙(三氟甲基)對苯二甲酸;間苯二甲酸;2,5-二甲基對苯二甲酸;2,5-二甲氧基對苯二甲酸;萘二甲酸;4,4'-聯苯二甲酸;3,3'-聯苯二甲酸;2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4'-聯苯二甲酸;碳數8以下之鏈式烴之二羧酸化合物及2個苯甲酸藉由單鍵、-CH2 -、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-SO2 -或伸苯基連結而成之化合物、以及該等之醯氯化合物。該等二羧酸化合物中,就易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數及耐彎曲性之觀點而言,較佳為4,4'-氧雙苯甲酸、對苯二甲酸、間苯二甲酸、2-甲氧基對苯二甲酸、2-甲基對苯二甲酸、2,5-二甲基對苯二甲酸、2,5-二甲氧基對苯二甲酸、2,5-雙(三氟甲基)對苯二甲酸、2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4'-聯苯二甲酸及該等之醯氯,更佳為2-甲氧基對苯二甲酸、2-甲基對苯二甲酸、2,5-二甲基對苯二甲醯氯(DMTPC)、2,5-二甲氧基對苯二甲醯氯(MOTPC)、2,5-雙(三氟甲基)對苯二甲醯氯(6FTPC)、對苯二甲醯氯(TPC)、間苯二甲醯氯,進而較佳為對苯二甲醯氯(TPC)、2-甲氧基對苯二甲酸、2-甲基對苯二甲酸、2,5-二甲基對苯二甲醯氯(DMTPC)、2,5-二甲氧基對苯二甲醯氯(MOTPC),進而更佳為2-甲氧基對苯二甲酸、2-甲基對苯二甲酸、2,5-二甲基對苯二甲醯氯(DMTPC)及2,5-二甲氧基對苯二甲醯氯(MOTPC)。Examples of the dicarboxylic acid compound used in the synthesis of the resin include aromatic dicarboxylic acid, aliphatic dicarboxylic acid, and similar chlorinated compounds, acid anhydrides, etc., and two or more kinds can be used. Specific examples include: terephthalic acid; isophthalic acid; 2-methoxyterephthalic acid; 2-methylterephthalic acid; 2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)p-benzene Dicarboxylic acid; isophthalic acid; 2,5-dimethylterephthalic acid; 2,5-dimethoxyterephthalic acid; naphthalenedicarboxylic acid; 4,4'-biphthalic acid; 3,3 '-Biphthalic acid; 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-biphthalic acid; dicarboxylic acid compound of chain hydrocarbon with carbon number less than 8 and 2 benzoic acid by Compounds formed by linking single bonds, -CH 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -SO 2 -or phenylene groups, and these chlorinated compounds. Among these dicarboxylic acid compounds, 4,4'-oxydibenzoic acid, terephthalic acid, and isophthalic acid are preferred from the viewpoint of easily improving the tensile elastic modulus and bending resistance of the optical film , 2-methoxyterephthalic acid, 2-methylterephthalic acid, 2,5-dimethylterephthalic acid, 2,5-dimethoxyterephthalic acid, 2,5-bis (Trifluoromethyl)terephthalic acid, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-biphthalic acid and these chlorines, more preferably 2-methoxy-p-benzene Dicarboxylic acid, 2-methylterephthalic acid, 2,5-Dimethylterephthalate chloride (DMTPC), 2,5-Dimethoxyterephthalate chloride (MOTPC), 2,5 -Bis (trifluoromethyl) terephthalate chloride (6FTPC), terephthalate chloride (TPC), meta-phthalate chloride, more preferably terephthalate chloride (TPC), 2 -Methoxy terephthalic acid, 2-methyl terephthalic acid, 2,5-dimethyl terephthalate chloride (DMTPC), 2,5-dimethoxy terephthalate chloride ( MOTPC), more preferably 2-methoxyterephthalic acid, 2-methylterephthalic acid, 2,5-dimethylterephthalate chloride (DMTPC) and 2,5-dimethoxy Base para-phthalic acid chloride (MOTPC).

再者,上述聚醯亞胺系樹脂可為於無損光學膜之各種物性之範圍內,除上述樹脂合成中所使用之四羧酸化合物以外,進而使其他四羧酸及三羧酸以及該等之酸酐及衍生物反應而成者。Furthermore, the above-mentioned polyimide-based resin can be in a range that does not damage the various physical properties of the optical film. In addition to the tetracarboxylic acid compound used in the synthesis of the above-mentioned resin, other tetracarboxylic and tricarboxylic acids and these The acid anhydride and its derivatives are formed by the reaction.

作為其他四羧酸,可舉出上述四羧酸化合物之酸酐之水合物。Examples of other tetracarboxylic acids include hydrates of acid anhydrides of the above-mentioned tetracarboxylic acid compounds.

作為三羧酸化合物,可舉出芳香族三羧酸、脂肪族三羧酸及該等類似之醯氯化合物、酸酐等,且可組合2種以上而使用。作為具體例,可舉出:1,2,4-苯三甲酸之酸酐;1,3,5-苯三甲酸之醯氯化合物;2,3,6-萘三甲酸-2,3-酐;苯二甲酸酐與苯甲酸藉由單鍵、-O-、-CH2 -、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-SO2 -或伸苯基連結而成之化合物。As a tricarboxylic acid compound, aromatic tricarboxylic acid, aliphatic tricarboxylic acid, and these similar chlorinated compounds, acid anhydride, etc. are mentioned, and it can use combining 2 or more types. Specific examples include: anhydride of trimellitic acid; anhydride of trimellitic acid; chloro compound of trimellitic acid; 2,3,6-naphthalenetricarboxylic acid-2,3-anhydride; Phthalic anhydride and benzoic acid are linked by single bond, -O-, -CH 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -SO 2 -or phenylene The compound.

於樹脂之製造中,二胺化合物、四羧酸化合物及/或二羧酸化合物之使用量可根據所需之樹脂之各結構單元之比率而適當選擇。In the production of the resin, the usage amount of the diamine compound, the tetracarboxylic acid compound and/or the dicarboxylic acid compound can be appropriately selected according to the ratio of each structural unit of the resin required.

於樹脂之製造中,二胺化合物、四羧酸化合物及二羧酸化合物之反應溫度並無特別限定,例如為5~350℃,較佳為20~200℃,更佳為25~100℃。反應時間亦並無特別限定,例如為30分鐘~10小時左右。可視需要於惰性氛圍或減壓之條件下進行反應。於較佳態樣中,反應於常壓及/或惰性氣體氛圍下一面攪拌一面進行。又,反應較佳為於對反應為惰性之溶劑中進行。作為溶劑,只要不會對反應產生影響,則並無特別限定,例如可舉出:水、甲醇、乙醇、乙二醇、異丙醇、丙二醇、乙二醇甲醚、乙二醇丁醚、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、2-丁氧基乙醇、丙二醇單甲醚等醇系溶劑;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙二醇甲醚乙酸酯、γ-丁內酯、γ-戊內酯、丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯等酯系溶劑;丙酮、甲基乙基酮、環戊酮、環己酮、2-庚酮、甲基異丁基酮等酮系溶劑;戊烷、己烷、庚烷等脂肪族烴溶劑;乙基環己烷等脂環式烴溶劑;甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴溶劑;乙腈等腈系溶劑;四氫呋喃及二甲氧基乙烷等醚系溶劑;氯仿及氯苯等含氯溶劑;N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺等醯胺系溶劑;二甲基碸、二甲基亞碸、環丁碸等含硫溶劑;碳酸乙二酯、碳酸丙二酯等碳酸酯系溶劑;及該等之組合等。該等中,就溶解性之觀點而言,可適宜使用醯胺系溶劑。In the production of the resin, the reaction temperature of the diamine compound, the tetracarboxylic acid compound, and the dicarboxylic acid compound is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 5 to 350°C, preferably 20 to 200°C, and more preferably 25 to 100°C. The reaction time is also not particularly limited, and is, for example, about 30 minutes to 10 hours. The reaction can be carried out in an inert atmosphere or under reduced pressure as needed. In a preferred aspect, the reaction is carried out while stirring under normal pressure and/or an inert gas atmosphere. In addition, the reaction is preferably carried out in a solvent that is inert to the reaction. The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it does not affect the reaction. For example, water, methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropanol, propylene glycol, ethylene glycol methyl ether, ethylene glycol butyl ether, Alcoholic solvents such as 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 2-butoxyethanol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethylene glycol methyl ether acetate, γ-butyrolactone, Ester solvents such as γ-valerolactone, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate and ethyl lactate; ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, methyl isobutyl ketone, etc. Solvents; aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane and heptane; alicyclic hydrocarbon solvents such as ethylcyclohexane; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene; nitrile solvents such as acetonitrile; tetrahydrofuran and dimethoxy Ether solvents such as methyl ethane; chlorine-containing solvents such as chloroform and chlorobenzene; amine solvents such as N,N-dimethylacetamide and N,N-dimethylformamide; Sulfur-containing solvents such as methyl sulfenite and cyclobutyl sulfide; carbonate-based solvents such as ethylene carbonate and propylene carbonate; and combinations of these. Among these, from the viewpoint of solubility, an amide-based solvent can be suitably used.

於聚醯亞胺系樹脂之製造中之醯亞胺化步驟中,可於醯亞胺化觸媒之存在下進行醯亞胺化。作為醯亞胺化觸媒,例如可舉出:三丙基胺、二丁基丙基胺、乙基二丁基胺等脂肪族胺;N-乙基哌啶、N-丙基哌啶、N-丁基吡咯啶、N-丁基哌啶、及N-丙基六氫氮呯等脂環式胺(單環式);氮雜雙環[2.2.1]庚烷、氮雜雙環[3.2.1]辛烷、氮雜雙環[2.2.2]辛烷、及氮雜雙環[3.2.2]壬烷等脂環式胺(多環式);以及吡啶、2-甲基吡啶(2-picoline)、3-甲基吡啶(3-picoline)、4-甲基吡啶(4-picoline)、2-乙基吡啶、3-乙基吡啶、4-乙基吡啶、2,4-二甲基吡啶、2,4,6-三甲基吡啶、3,4-環戊烯并吡啶、5,6,7,8-四氫異喹啉、及異喹啉等芳香族胺。又,就易於促進醯亞胺化反應之觀點而言,較佳為與醯亞胺化觸媒一併使用酸酐。酸酐可舉出醯亞胺化反應中所使用之常用酸酐等,作為其具體例,可舉出:乙酸酐、丙酸酐、丁酸酐等脂肪族酸酐;鄰苯二甲酸等芳香族酸酐等。In the imidization step in the production of the polyimide resin, the imidization can be carried out in the presence of an imidization catalyst. Examples of the imidization catalyst include: aliphatic amines such as tripropylamine, dibutylpropylamine, and ethyldibutylamine; N-ethylpiperidine, N-propylpiperidine, Alicyclic amines such as N-butylpyrrolidine, N-butylpiperidine, and N-propylhexahydroazepine (monocyclic); azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, azabicyclo[3.2 .1] octane, azabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, and azabicyclo[3.2.2]nonane and other alicyclic amines (polycyclic); and pyridine, 2-methylpyridine (2- picoline), 3-picoline, 4-picoline, 2-ethylpyridine, 3-ethylpyridine, 4-ethylpyridine, 2,4-dimethylpyridine Aromatic amines such as pyridine, 2,4,6-trimethylpyridine, 3,4-cyclopentenopyridine, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroisoquinoline, and isoquinoline. Moreover, from the viewpoint of facilitating the promotion of the imidization reaction, it is preferable to use an acid anhydride together with the imidization catalyst. The acid anhydrides include commonly used acid anhydrides used in the imidization reaction, and specific examples thereof include aliphatic acid anhydrides such as acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, and butyric anhydride; aromatic acid anhydrides such as phthalic acid and the like.

聚醯亞胺系樹脂及聚醯胺系樹脂可利用常用方法,例如過濾、濃縮、萃取、晶析、再結晶、管柱層析法等分離方法或該等組合而成之分離方法進行分離精製並單離,於較佳態樣中,可藉由在含有透明聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂之反應液中加入大量甲醇等醇而使樹脂析出,並進行濃縮、過濾、乾燥等而單離。Polyimide resins and polyimide resins can be separated and refined by common methods, such as filtration, concentration, extraction, crystallization, recrystallization, column chromatography and other separation methods or a combination of separation methods. In addition, in a preferred aspect, a large amount of alcohol such as methanol is added to the reaction solution containing the transparent polyimide resin to precipitate the resin, and the resin can be separated by concentration, filtration, drying, etc.

<添加劑> 本發明之光學膜可進而含有添加劑。作為此種添加劑,例如可舉出:填料、紫外線吸收劑、增白劑、抗氧化劑、pH值調整劑及調平劑。<Additives> The optical film of the present invention may further contain additives. Examples of such additives include fillers, ultraviolet absorbers, brighteners, antioxidants, pH adjusters, and leveling agents.

(填料) 本發明之光學膜可含有至少一種填料。作為填料,例如可舉出有機粒子、無機粒子等,較佳可舉出無機粒子。作為無機粒子,可舉出:二氧化矽、氧化鋯、氧化鋁、氧化鈦、氧化鋅、氧化鍺、氧化銦、氧化錫、氧化銦錫、氧化銻、氧化鈰等金屬氧化物粒子;氟化鎂、氟化鈉等金屬氟化物粒子等;該等中,就易於提高光學膜之彈性模數及/或撕裂強度,且易於提高耐衝擊性之觀點而言,較佳可舉出二氧化矽粒子、氧化鋯粒子、氧化鋁粒子,更佳可舉出二氧化矽粒子。該等填料可單獨使用或組合2種以上而使用。(filler) The optical film of the present invention may contain at least one filler. As the filler, for example, organic particles, inorganic particles, etc. can be cited, and preferably, inorganic particles can be cited. Examples of inorganic particles include: metal oxide particles such as silicon dioxide, zirconium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, germanium oxide, indium oxide, tin oxide, indium tin oxide, antimony oxide, and cerium oxide; Metal fluoride particles such as magnesium and sodium fluoride; among these, in terms of easy improvement of the elastic modulus and/or tear strength of the optical film, and easy improvement of the impact resistance, the preferred example is dioxide Silicon particles, zirconia particles, and alumina particles, more preferably, silicon dioxide particles. These fillers can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

填料、較佳為二氧化矽粒子之平均一次粒徑為1 nm以上,更佳為5 nm以上,進而較佳為10 nm以上,進而更佳為15 nm以上,尤佳為20 nm以上,且較佳為100 nm以下,更佳為90 nm以下,進而較佳為80 nm以下,進而更佳為70 nm以下,尤佳為60 nm以下,尤其更佳為50 nm以下,尤其進而較佳為40 nm以下。若二氧化矽粒子之平均一次粒徑在上述範圍內,則易於抑制二氧化矽粒子之凝聚,從而易於提高所得之光學膜之光學特性。填料之平均一次粒徑可利用BET(Brunauer-Emmett-Teller,布厄特)法進行測定。再者,亦可利用穿透式電子顯微鏡或掃描式電子顯微鏡之圖像解析測定平均一次粒徑。The filler, preferably silica particles, have an average primary particle size of 1 nm or more, more preferably 5 nm or more, still more preferably 10 nm or more, still more preferably 15 nm or more, particularly preferably 20 nm or more, and It is preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 90 nm or less, still more preferably 80 nm or less, still more preferably 70 nm or less, particularly preferably 60 nm or less, especially more preferably 50 nm or less, and especially more preferably Below 40 nm. If the average primary particle size of the silica particles is within the above range, it is easy to inhibit the aggregation of the silica particles, thereby easily improving the optical properties of the resulting optical film. The average primary particle size of the filler can be measured by the BET (Brunauer-Emmett-Teller, Buert) method. Furthermore, the average primary particle size can also be measured by image analysis of a transmission electron microscope or a scanning electron microscope.

本發明之光學膜中之填料,例如無機粒子中之二氧化矽粒子之含量相對於光學膜之總質量而較佳為60質量%以下,更佳為50質量%以下,進而較佳為45質量%以下,進而更佳為40質量%以下,且較佳為0質量%以上。若填料之含量為上述上限以下,則易於提高所得之光學膜之彈性模數,且易於提高光學膜之光學特性。此處,光學膜之拉伸彈性模數有藉由提高二氧化矽粒子等填料之含量而變高之傾向,但於二氧化矽粒子等填料之含量過多之情形時,有所得之光學膜難以滿足上述數式(1)~數式(3)之情形。因此,於本發明之光學膜中,就易於提高光學膜之拉伸彈性模數,且易於維持較高之廣角方向之視認性之觀點而言,較佳為使二氧化矽粒子之含量為上述上限以下。再者,本說明書中,所謂光學膜中之例如二氧化矽粒子之含量相對於光學膜之總質量而為上述上限以下,表示二氧化矽粒子之含量為0質量%,即不含有二氧化矽粒子,或即便含有亦為上述上限以下之量。The filler in the optical film of the present invention, for example, the content of silica particles in inorganic particles relative to the total mass of the optical film is preferably 60% by mass or less, more preferably 50% by mass or less, and more preferably 45% by mass % Or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, and preferably 0% by mass or more. If the content of the filler is below the above upper limit, it is easy to increase the elastic modulus of the obtained optical film, and it is easy to improve the optical properties of the optical film. Here, the tensile elastic modulus of the optical film tends to increase by increasing the content of fillers such as silica particles. However, when the content of fillers such as silica particles is too high, it is difficult to obtain the optical film. It satisfies the above equations (1) to (3). Therefore, in the optical film of the present invention, in terms of easy to increase the tensile modulus of the optical film and easy to maintain high visibility in the wide-angle direction, it is preferable that the content of silica particles is the above Below the upper limit. Furthermore, in this specification, the so-called content of silicon dioxide particles in the optical film relative to the total mass of the optical film is below the above upper limit, which means that the content of silicon dioxide particles is 0% by mass, that is, it does not contain silicon dioxide. The particles, or even if they are contained, are in an amount less than the above upper limit.

(紫外線吸收劑) 本發明之光學膜可進而含有紫外線吸收劑。紫外線吸收劑可自樹脂材料之領域中通常用作紫外線吸收劑者中適當選擇。紫外線吸收劑可含有吸收波長為400 nm以下之光之化合物。作為紫外線吸收劑,例如可舉出:三𠯤系紫外線吸收劑、二苯甲酮系紫外線吸收劑、苯并三唑系紫外線吸收劑、苯甲酸酯系紫外線吸收劑、及氰基丙烯酸酯系紫外線吸收劑、水楊酸酯系紫外線吸收劑等。該等可單獨使用,亦可倂用2種以上。藉由光學膜含有紫外線吸收劑而抑制樹脂之劣化,因此於將本發明之光學膜應用於顯示裝置等之情形時可提高視認性。本說明書中,「系化合物」係指帶有該「系化合物」之化合物之衍生物。例如,「二苯甲酮系化合物」係指具有作為母體骨架之二苯甲酮與鍵結於二苯甲酮之取代基之化合物。作為較佳之市售紫外線吸收劑,例如可舉出:Sumika Chemtex股份有限公司製造之Sumisorb(註冊商標) 340、ADEKA股份有限公司製造之Adekastab(註冊商標) LA-31、及BASF Japan股份有限公司製造之TINUVIN(註冊商標) 1577等。(Ultraviolet absorber) The optical film of the present invention may further contain an ultraviolet absorber. The ultraviolet absorber can be appropriately selected from those generally used as ultraviolet absorbers in the field of resin materials. The ultraviolet absorber may contain a compound that absorbs light with a wavelength below 400 nm. As the ultraviolet absorber, for example, three-type ultraviolet absorber, benzophenone-type ultraviolet absorber, benzotriazole-type ultraviolet absorber, benzoate-type ultraviolet absorber, and cyanoacrylate-type ultraviolet absorber can be mentioned. UV absorbers, salicylate-based UV absorbers, etc. These can be used alone, or two or more of them can be used. Since the optical film contains the ultraviolet absorber to suppress the deterioration of the resin, the visibility can be improved when the optical film of the present invention is applied to a display device or the like. In this specification, "system compound" refers to a derivative of the compound with the "system compound". For example, "benzophenone-based compound" refers to a compound having benzophenone as a parent skeleton and a substituent bonded to benzophenone. As a preferred commercially available ultraviolet absorber, for example, Sumisorb (registered trademark) 340 manufactured by Sumika Chemtex Co., Ltd., Adekastab (registered trademark) LA-31 manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd., and BASF Japan Co., Ltd. TINUVIN (registered trademark) 1577 and so on.

於本發明之光學膜含有紫外線吸收劑之情形時,紫外線吸收劑之含量相對於光學膜中所含之聚醯胺醯亞胺系樹脂之質量100質量份而較佳為0.01~10質量份,更佳為1~8質量份,進而較佳為2~7質量份。若紫外線吸收劑之含量為上述下限以上,則易於提高紫外線吸收性。若紫外線吸收劑之含量為上述上限以下,則可抑制由於基材製造時之熱而導致紫外線吸收劑分解,從而易於提高光學特性,例如易於降低霧度。When the optical film of the present invention contains an ultraviolet absorber, the content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 0.01-10 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the polyamide-imide-based resin contained in the optical film, More preferably, it is 1-8 mass parts, More preferably, it is 2-7 mass parts. If the content of the ultraviolet absorber is more than the above lower limit, it is easy to improve the ultraviolet absorbability. If the content of the ultraviolet absorber is less than the above upper limit, the decomposition of the ultraviolet absorber due to the heat during the production of the base material can be suppressed, and the optical properties can be easily improved, for example, the haze can be easily reduced.

本發明之光學膜之用途並無特別限定,可用於各種用途。本發明之光學膜可為單層,亦可為積層體,可將本發明之光學膜直接使用,亦可作為進而與其他膜之積層體而使用。本發明之光學膜具有優異之廣角方向之視認性,因此作為圖像顯示裝置等中之光學膜而有用。再者,於光學膜為積層體之情形時,包含積層於光學膜之單面或兩面之所有層在內稱為光學膜。The use of the optical film of the present invention is not particularly limited, and it can be used for various purposes. The optical film of the present invention may be a single layer or a laminate, and the optical film of the present invention may be used directly or as a laminate with other films. The optical film of the present invention has excellent visibility in the wide-angle direction, and therefore is useful as an optical film in image display devices and the like. Furthermore, when the optical film is a laminate, all layers including all layers laminated on one or both sides of the optical film are called optical films.

本發明之光學膜之用途並無特別限定,可用於各種用途。本發明之光學膜之廣角方向之視認性優異,因此作為圖像顯示裝置等中之光學膜而有用。尤其是本發明之光學膜作為圖像顯示裝置之前面板、尤其是可撓式顯示器之前面板(視窗膜)而有用。可撓式顯示器例如具有可撓式功能層與重疊於可撓式功能層而作為前面板發揮功能之上述光學膜。即,可撓式顯示器之前面板配置於可撓式功能層上之視認側。該前面板具有保護可撓式功能層之功能。The use of the optical film of the present invention is not particularly limited, and it can be used for various purposes. The optical film of the present invention has excellent visibility in the wide-angle direction, and therefore is useful as an optical film in image display devices and the like. In particular, the optical film of the present invention is useful as a front panel of an image display device, especially a front panel (window film) of a flexible display. The flexible display has, for example, a flexible functional layer and the above-mentioned optical film superimposed on the flexible functional layer to function as a front panel. That is, the front panel of the flexible display is arranged on the visible side of the flexible functional layer. The front panel has the function of protecting the flexible functional layer.

<光學膜之製造方法> 本發明之光學膜例如可利用包括以下步驟之方法進行製造,並無特別限定,即: (a)製備含有上述樹脂且任意含有上述填料之液體(以下,有時記載為清漆)之步驟(清漆製備步驟), (b)將清漆塗佈於基材而形成塗膜之步驟(塗佈步驟);及 (c)使塗佈之液體(塗膜)乾燥而形成光學膜之步驟(光學膜形成步驟)。<Manufacturing method of optical film> The optical film of the present invention can be manufactured by, for example, a method including the following steps, which are not particularly limited, namely: (a) A step of preparing a liquid containing the above resin and optionally containing the above filler (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as a varnish) (varnish preparation step), (b) The step of applying varnish to the substrate to form a coating film (coating step); and (c) The step of drying the applied liquid (coating film) to form an optical film (optical film forming step).

於清漆製備步驟中,藉由將上述樹脂溶解於溶劑,且視需要添加上述填料及其他添加劑並攪拌混合而製備清漆。In the varnish preparation step, the varnish is prepared by dissolving the above-mentioned resin in a solvent, adding the above-mentioned fillers and other additives as necessary, and stirring and mixing.

清漆之製備中所使用之溶劑只要可溶解上述樹脂,則並無特別限定。作為該溶劑,例如可舉出:N,N-二甲基乙醯胺(以下,有時簡稱為DMAc)、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺(以下,有時簡稱為DMF)等醯胺系溶劑;γ-丁內酯(以下,有時簡稱為GBL)、γ-戊內酯等內酯系溶劑;二甲基碸、二甲基亞碸、環丁碸等含硫溶劑;碳酸乙二酯、碳酸丙二酯等碳酸酯系溶劑;及該等之組合。該等中,就易於製造滿足數式(1)~數式(3)之光學膜之觀點而言,清漆中所使用之溶劑較佳為醯胺系溶劑或內酯系溶劑。該等溶劑可單獨使用或組合兩種以上而使用。又,清漆中可含有水、醇系溶劑、酮系溶劑、非環狀酯系溶劑、醚系溶劑等。清漆之固形物成分濃度較佳為1~25質量%,更佳為5~20質量%。The solvent used in the preparation of the varnish is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve the above-mentioned resin. Examples of the solvent include: N,N-dimethylacetamide (hereinafter, sometimes abbreviated as DMAc), N,N-dimethylformamide (hereinafter, sometimes abbreviated as DMF), etc. Amine-based solvents; lactone-based solvents such as γ-butyrolactone (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as GBL) and γ-valerolactone; sulfur-containing solvents such as dimethyl sulfide, dimethyl sulfide, and cyclobutane; carbonic acid Carbonate-based solvents such as ethylene glycol and propylene carbonate; and combinations thereof. Among them, the solvent used in the varnish is preferably an amide-based solvent or a lactone-based solvent from the viewpoint of easy production of an optical film that satisfies the mathematical formulas (1) to (3). These solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. In addition, the varnish may contain water, alcohol-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, acyclic ester-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and the like. The solid content concentration of the varnish is preferably 1 to 25% by mass, more preferably 5 to 20% by mass.

於塗佈步驟中,利用公知之塗佈方法將清漆塗佈於基材上而形成塗膜。作為公知之塗佈方法,例如可舉出:線棒塗佈法;反向塗佈、凹版塗佈等輥塗法;模嘴塗佈法;卡馬(comma)塗佈法;模唇塗佈法;絲網塗佈法;噴注式塗佈法;流延成形法等。In the coating step, the varnish is coated on the substrate by a well-known coating method to form a coating film. Examples of well-known coating methods include: wire bar coating; roll coating methods such as reverse coating and gravure coating; die nozzle coating method; comma coating method; die lip coating Method; Screen coating method; Jet coating method; Casting method, etc.

於光學膜形成步驟中,藉由將塗膜乾燥(稱為第1乾燥)並自基材剝離後,將乾燥塗膜進一步乾燥(稱為第2乾燥或後烘烤處理)而形成光學膜。第1乾燥可視需要於惰性氛圍或減壓之條件下實施。第1乾燥例如較佳為於負壓之拉幅爐內等負壓條件下且於相對低溫花時間進行。雖原因不明,但若於負壓之條件下進行第一乾燥,則製作之光學膜之透射圖像清晰度值易於滿足數式(1)~數式(3),且易於提高光學膜之全光線透過率,易於降低霧度及YI。認為其原因在於,防止於第一乾燥之條件下自光學膜揮發而去除之溶劑於光學膜表面滯留,其結果,光學膜之表面變得均勻。此外,藉由在相對低溫花時間進行第1乾燥,光學膜之表面亦容易變得均勻,製作之光學膜之透射圖像清晰度值亦容易滿足數式(1)~數式(3)。又,抑制了乾燥時之樹脂之氧化劣化,因此易於提高光學膜之全光線透過率,易於降低霧度及YI。In the optical film forming step, after the coating film is dried (referred to as the first drying) and peeled from the substrate, the dried coating film is further dried (referred to as the second drying or post-baking treatment) to form an optical film. The first drying may be carried out under an inert atmosphere or under reduced pressure as needed. For example, the first drying is preferably performed under negative pressure conditions such as in a negative pressure tenter furnace and at a relatively low temperature. Although the reason is not clear, if the first drying is carried out under negative pressure, the clarity value of the transmission image of the produced optical film can easily satisfy the equations (1) to (3), and it is easy to improve the overall quality of the optical film. Light transmittance, easy to reduce haze and YI. It is considered that the reason is that the solvent removed from the optical film by volatilization under the first drying condition is prevented from staying on the surface of the optical film, and as a result, the surface of the optical film becomes uniform. In addition, by taking time for the first drying at a relatively low temperature, the surface of the optical film is easily uniform, and the clarity value of the transmission image of the manufactured optical film can easily satisfy the equations (1) to (3). In addition, the oxidative degradation of the resin during drying is suppressed, so it is easy to increase the total light transmittance of the optical film, and it is easy to reduce the haze and YI.

此處,於對本發明之光學膜進行工業生產之情形時,與實驗室等級之製造環境相比,多數情況下實際之製造環境不利於提高廣角方向之視認性,其結果,有難以提高光學膜之廣角方向之視認性之情形。如上所述較佳為於負壓條件下且於相對低溫花時間進行第1乾燥,於實驗室等級下,進行第1乾燥時可於密閉之乾燥器內進行乾燥,因此相對難以產生外因所引起之光學膜表面之粗糙。相對於此,於對光學膜進行工業生產之情形時,例如於第1乾燥中需要對較大面積進行加熱,因此亦有加熱時使用送風裝置之情形。其結果,光學膜之表面狀態容易變得粗糙,而難以提高光學膜之廣角方向之視認性。Here, in the case of industrial production of the optical film of the present invention, compared with the laboratory-level manufacturing environment, in most cases the actual manufacturing environment is not conducive to improving the visibility in the wide-angle direction. As a result, it is difficult to improve the optical film The situation of visibility in the wide-angle direction. As mentioned above, it is better to carry out the first drying under negative pressure and at a relatively low temperature. At the laboratory level, when the first drying is carried out, the drying can be carried out in a closed dryer, so it is relatively difficult to cause external factors. The surface of the optical film is rough. On the other hand, when the optical film is industrially produced, for example, a large area needs to be heated in the first drying, so there are cases where a blower is used for heating. As a result, the surface condition of the optical film tends to become rough, and it is difficult to improve the visibility of the optical film in the wide-angle direction.

於利用加熱進行乾燥之情形時,尤其是對光學膜進行工業生產時考慮到如上述之外因,第1乾燥之溫度較佳為60~150℃,更佳為60~130℃,進而較佳為70~120℃。第1乾燥之時間較佳為5~60分鐘,更佳為10~40分鐘。尤其是對光學膜進行工業生產時考慮到如上述之外因,第1乾燥較佳為於3個階段以上之乾燥溫度條件下實施。多階段之條件可於各階段在相同或不同之溫度條件及/或乾燥時間下實施,例如可利用3~10個階段,較佳為3~8個階段進行乾燥。若於3個階段以上之多階段條件下實施第1乾燥,則製作之光學膜之透射圖像清晰度值易於滿足數式(1)~數式(3),從而廣角方向之視認性提高。於3個階段以上之多階段條件下之態樣中,較佳為第1乾燥之溫度分佈包含升溫及降溫。即,光學膜形成步驟中之第1乾燥條件較佳為溫度分佈包含升溫及降溫之3個階段以上之加熱溫度條件。作為此種溫度分佈,若舉4個階段之情形為例,則第1乾燥之溫度依序為70~90℃(第1溫度)、90~120℃(第2溫度)、80~120℃(第3溫度)及80~100℃(第4溫度)。此例中,第1乾燥之溫度自第1溫度向第2溫度升溫,然後自第2溫度向第3溫度降溫,進而自第3溫度降溫至第4溫度。此處,第1乾燥之時間於各階段中例如為5~15分鐘。第1乾燥較佳為以乾燥塗膜之溶劑殘存量相對於乾燥塗膜之質量而較佳為5~15質量%,更佳為6~12質量%之方式實施。若溶劑殘存量在上述範圍,則乾燥塗膜自基材之剝離性變得良好,製作之光學膜之透射圖像清晰度值易於滿足數式(1)~數式(3)。In the case of drying by heating, especially in the industrial production of optical films, taking into account the above-mentioned external factors, the temperature of the first drying is preferably 60-150°C, more preferably 60-130°C, and more preferably 70~120℃. The first drying time is preferably 5 to 60 minutes, more preferably 10 to 40 minutes. In particular, when the optical film is industrially produced, taking into consideration the above-mentioned external factors, the first drying is preferably performed under the drying temperature condition of three stages or more. Multi-stage conditions can be implemented in each stage under the same or different temperature conditions and/or drying time. For example, 3-10 stages, preferably 3-8 stages, can be used for drying. If the first drying is performed under a multi-stage condition of three or more stages, the clarity value of the transmission image of the produced optical film can easily satisfy the equations (1) to (3), and the visibility in the wide-angle direction is improved. In the case of a multi-stage condition with more than 3 stages, it is preferable that the temperature distribution of the first drying includes heating and cooling. That is, the first drying condition in the optical film forming step is preferably a heating temperature condition in which the temperature distribution includes three stages or more of temperature increase and temperature decrease. As an example of this temperature distribution, the temperature of the first drying is 70-90°C (first temperature), 90-120°C (second temperature), 80-120°C ( The third temperature) and 80 to 100°C (the fourth temperature). In this example, the temperature of the first drying increases from the first temperature to the second temperature, then decreases from the second temperature to the third temperature, and then decreases from the third temperature to the fourth temperature. Here, the time for the first drying is, for example, 5 to 15 minutes in each stage. The first drying is preferably carried out in an embodiment in which the solvent remaining amount of the dried coating film is preferably 5 to 15% by mass, and more preferably 6 to 12% by mass relative to the mass of the dried coating film. If the residual amount of solvent is in the above range, the peelability of the dried coating film from the substrate becomes good, and the clarity value of the transmission image of the produced optical film easily satisfies the equations (1) to (3).

第2乾燥之溫度較佳為150~300℃,更佳為180~250℃,進而較佳為180~230℃。第2乾燥之時間較佳為10~60分鐘,更佳為30~50分鐘。The temperature of the second drying is preferably 150 to 300°C, more preferably 180 to 250°C, and still more preferably 180 to 230°C. The second drying time is preferably 10 to 60 minutes, more preferably 30 to 50 minutes.

第2乾燥能以單片式進行,但於工業生產之情形時,就製造效率之觀點而言,較佳為以卷對卷方式進行。單片式中,較佳為於沿面內方向均勻地伸長之狀態下進行乾燥。 卷對卷方式中,就所得之光學膜易於滿足數式(1)~數式(3)之觀點而言,較佳為於使乾燥塗膜沿搬送方向伸長之狀態下進行乾燥,搬送速度較佳為0.1~5 m/min,更佳為0.2~3 m/min,進而較佳為0.7~2.5 m/min。第2乾燥可於1個階段或多階段之條件下實施。多階段之條件較佳為可於各階段在自相同或不同之溫度條件、乾燥時間及熱風之風速中選擇之至少一種條件下實施,例如可利用3~10個階段、較佳為3~8個階段進行乾燥,就光學膜易於滿足數式(1)~數式(3)之範圍之觀點而言,較佳為於多階段之條件下實施。又,於各階段中,就製作之光學膜之透射圖像清晰度值易於滿足數式(1)~數式(3)之觀點而言,熱風之風速較佳為5~20 m/min,更佳為10~15 m/min,進而較佳為11~14 m/min。The second drying can be performed in a single-piece type, but in the case of industrial production, from the viewpoint of manufacturing efficiency, it is preferably performed in a roll-to-roll method. In the single-piece type, it is preferable to perform drying in a state uniformly elongated in the in-plane direction. In the roll-to-roll method, from the viewpoint that the obtained optical film easily satisfies the equations (1) to (3), it is preferable to dry the dried coating film in a state in which the dried coating film is stretched in the transport direction, and the transport speed is relatively high. It is preferably 0.1 to 5 m/min, more preferably 0.2 to 3 m/min, and still more preferably 0.7 to 2.5 m/min. The second drying can be carried out under one-stage or multi-stage conditions. The multi-stage conditions are preferably implemented in each stage under at least one condition selected from the same or different temperature conditions, drying time and hot air speed, for example, 3-10 stages can be used, preferably 3-8 Drying is carried out in a single stage. From the viewpoint that the optical film easily satisfies the range of formula (1) to formula (3), it is preferably carried out under multi-stage conditions. In addition, in each stage, in terms of the clarity value of the transmission image of the produced optical film easily satisfying the equations (1) to (3), the wind speed of the hot air is preferably 5-20 m/min, It is more preferably 10-15 m/min, and still more preferably 11-14 m/min.

於本發明之光學膜具備硬塗層之情形時,硬塗層例如能以如下方式形成:將硬化性組合物塗佈於光學膜之至少一面而形成塗膜,且對該塗膜照射高能量線而使塗膜硬化。When the optical film of the present invention has a hard coat layer, the hard coat layer can be formed, for example, by applying a curable composition to at least one side of the optical film to form a coating film, and irradiating the coating film with high energy Thread to harden the coating film.

作為基材之例,若為金屬系,可舉出SUS(Steel Use Stainless,日本不鏽鋼標準)板,若為樹脂系,可舉出PET(polyethylene terephthalate,聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯)膜、PEN(polyethylene naphthelate,聚萘二甲酸乙二酯)膜、其他聚醯亞胺系樹脂或聚醯胺系樹脂膜、環烯烴系聚合物(COP)膜、丙烯酸系膜等,或者可舉出具有硬塗層之該等樹脂膜、玻璃基板等。其中,就平滑性、耐熱性優異之觀點及光學膜之透射圖像清晰度值易於滿足數式(1)~數式(3)之觀點而言,較佳為PET膜、COP膜、具有硬塗層之樹脂膜、SUS板、玻璃板等,進而就與光學膜之密接性及成本之觀點而言,更佳為SUS板、具有硬塗層之樹脂膜,進而較佳為SUS板、具有硬塗層之PET膜。As an example of the base material, if it is a metal-based, SUS (Steel Use Stainless, Japanese stainless steel standard) plate, if it is a resin-based, PET (polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene terephthalate) film, PEN (polyethylene naphthelate, polyethylene naphthalate) film, other polyimide resins or polyamide resin films, cycloolefin polymer (COP) films, acrylic films, etc., or can include Hard coat resin films, glass substrates, etc. Among them, from the viewpoint of excellent smoothness and heat resistance and the viewpoint that the clarity value of the transmission image of the optical film easily satisfies the formula (1) to the formula (3), a PET film, a COP film, and a rigid film are preferred. Coated resin film, SUS plate, glass plate, etc., from the viewpoint of adhesion to the optical film and cost, more preferably SUS plate, resin film with hard coat, more preferably SUS plate, Hard-coated PET film.

就易於製造滿足上述數式(1)~數式(3)之光學膜之觀點而言,較佳為利用如下製造方法進行上述光學膜形成步驟中之塗膜之乾燥,該製造方法包括:使塗膜乾燥至規定溶劑量後,剝離基材而獲得原料膜之步驟;及利用內部被分成複數個空間之拉幅爐對該原料膜進行加熱之加熱步驟。進而,於拉幅爐中,於至少一個空間以熱風處理方式進行加熱步驟,且於至少一個空間以輻射線處理方式進行加熱步驟。再者,拉幅爐係指將膜寬度方向之兩端固定而進行加熱之爐。再者,於本說明書中將包含拉幅爐之用於對原料膜加熱之加熱裝置亦稱為烘箱。又,拉幅爐內部之壓力較佳為調整成拉幅爐內相對於拉幅爐外之壓力而成為負壓。From the viewpoint of ease of manufacturing an optical film satisfying the above-mentioned formulas (1) to (3), it is preferable to use the following manufacturing method to dry the coating film in the above-mentioned optical film forming step, the manufacturing method comprising: After the coating film is dried to a predetermined amount of solvent, the step of peeling off the base material to obtain the raw film; and the heating step of heating the raw film in a tenter furnace whose interior is divided into a plurality of spaces. Furthermore, in the tenter furnace, the heating step is performed by hot air treatment in at least one space, and the heating step is performed by radiation treatment in at least one space. Furthermore, the tenter furnace refers to a furnace that fixes both ends in the width direction of the film to heat it. Furthermore, the heating device for heating the raw film including the tenter furnace is also referred to as an oven in this specification. In addition, the pressure inside the tenter furnace is preferably adjusted so that the pressure inside the tenter furnace becomes a negative pressure relative to the pressure outside the tenter furnace.

參照圖式對本實施方式之光學膜之製造方法進行說明。圖4係模式性表示本發明之一實施方式中之光學膜之製造方法的較佳實施方式之步驟剖視圖。圖4中,至少含有聚醯亞胺系樹脂及/或聚醯胺系樹脂之原料膜44被搬入至拉幅爐100,於拉幅爐100內之加熱區域進行加熱,然後自拉幅爐100搬出。於本說明書中,將進行加熱步驟之前、以及雖然溶劑的量等存在經時變化但仍處於加熱步驟中或正在烘箱中搬送之膜稱為原料膜,將經過加熱步驟且自烘箱搬出之膜稱為光學膜。The manufacturing method of the optical film of this embodiment is demonstrated with reference to drawings. 4 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a preferred embodiment of a method of manufacturing an optical film in an embodiment of the present invention. In FIG. 4, the raw film 44 containing at least polyimide resin and/or polyimide resin is carried into the tenter furnace 100, heated in the heating zone in the tenter furnace 100, and then removed from the tenter furnace 100 Move out. In this specification, the film before the heating step and the film that is still in the heating step or being transported in the oven despite changes in the amount of solvent over time is referred to as the raw film, and the film that has passed the heating step and moved out of the oven is referred to as the raw film. For optical film.

原料膜44可自卷取原料膜的捲筒卷出而搬入至拉幅爐100內,亦可自緊接之上一步驟連續地搬入至拉幅爐內。圖5係模式性表示本發明之光學膜之製造方法中之加熱步驟的較佳實施方式之步驟剖視圖。如圖5所示,原料膜44較佳為以與膜之搬送方向(MD方向,亦稱為長度方向)垂直之方向(TD方向,亦稱為寬度方向)之膜之兩端被固定之狀態於拉幅爐內搬送。固定例如可利用固持裝置43進行。The raw material film 44 may be rolled out from the reel on which the raw material film is wound and carried into the tenter furnace 100, or may be continuously carried into the tenter furnace from the next step. 5 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a preferred embodiment of the heating step in the method of manufacturing the optical film of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 5, the raw film 44 is preferably in a state where both ends of the film in the direction (TD direction, also called the width direction) perpendicular to the transport direction of the film (MD direction, also called the length direction) are fixed. Transported in the stenter furnace. The fixing can be performed by using the holding device 43, for example.

兩端之固定可使用銷座(pin seat)、夾具(clip)及膜夾盤(film chuck)等通常於膜之製造裝置中使用之固持裝置而進行。要固定之兩端可利用所使用之固持裝置進行適當調整,較佳為於距膜端部為50 cm以內之距離處進行固定。如圖5所示,原料膜可一面由複數個固持裝置43固持其兩端一面進行搬送。設置於膜之一端之複數個固持裝置43較佳為鄰接之固持裝置間之距離為可抑制由於膜之晃動或因加熱引起之尺寸變化而導致破裂等缺陷之距離。鄰接之固持裝置間之距離較佳為1~50 mm,更佳為3~25 mm,進而較佳為5~10 mm。又,固持裝置較佳為以如下方式設置:於使與膜搬送軸正交之直線對齊膜之一端之任意之固持裝置之固持部中央時,該直線和膜之另一端之交點與最靠近該交點之固持裝置之固持部中央之距離較佳為3 mm以下,更佳為2 mm以下,進而較佳為1 mm以下。藉此,可減小向相對之膜兩端部各自施加之應力之差,因此可提高所得之光學膜之均質性。又,藉由在此種條件下一面使用固持裝置固定膜一面進行乾燥,從而抑制了膜之乾燥時之晃動,從而易於製造滿足上述數式(1)~數式(3)之本發明之光學膜。The two ends can be fixed using pin seats, clips, film chucks, and other holding devices commonly used in film manufacturing devices. The two ends to be fixed can be adjusted appropriately with the holding device used, preferably at a distance within 50 cm from the end of the film. As shown in Fig. 5, the raw film can be transported while being held by a plurality of holding devices 43 at both ends. The plurality of holding devices 43 arranged at one end of the film is preferably a distance between adjacent holding devices that can prevent defects such as cracks caused by the shaking of the film or the dimensional change caused by heating. The distance between adjacent holding devices is preferably 1-50 mm, more preferably 3-25 mm, and still more preferably 5-10 mm. In addition, the holding device is preferably arranged in the following manner: when the straight line orthogonal to the film conveying axis is aligned with the center of the holding portion of any holding device at one end of the film, the intersection point of the straight line and the other end of the film is closest to the The distance between the center of the holding part of the holding device at the intersection is preferably 3 mm or less, more preferably 2 mm or less, and still more preferably 1 mm or less. Thereby, the difference in the stress applied to the opposite ends of the film can be reduced, and therefore the homogeneity of the obtained optical film can be improved. In addition, by using a holding device to fix the film while drying under such conditions, the shaking of the film during drying is suppressed, and the optical fiber of the present invention that satisfies the above equations (1) to (3) can be easily manufactured. membrane.

作為利用固持裝置固定膜之兩端之操作之例,可舉出如下方法:於搬入拉幅爐前或搬入拉幅爐後之適當時機,利用以於膜之寬度方向上相對向之方式設置之複數個膜夾盤固定膜之寬度方向之兩端。藉由該等操作,膜之晃動等得到抑制,從而可獲得厚度不均或損傷等缺陷得到充分抑制之光學膜。又,易於製造滿足上述數式(1)~數式(3)之本發明之光學膜。膜兩端之固定只要於進行加熱步驟後在適當時機解除即可,可於拉幅爐內進行,亦可於自拉幅爐搬出之後進行。As an example of the operation of fixing the two ends of the film with the holding device, the following method can be cited: at the appropriate time before or after the stenter is moved into the stenter furnace, the method is installed in a manner facing each other in the width direction of the film. A plurality of film chucks fix both ends of the film in the width direction. By these operations, the shaking of the film is suppressed, and an optical film with defects such as thickness unevenness or damage sufficiently suppressed can be obtained. In addition, it is easy to manufacture the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the above-mentioned formulas (1) to (3). The fixing of both ends of the film only needs to be released at an appropriate time after the heating step. It can be carried out in the tenter furnace or after being carried out from the tenter furnace.

加熱步驟中所使用之拉幅爐之膜搬送方向之全長通常為10~100 m,較佳為15~80 m,更佳為15~60 m。拉幅爐之內部可為1個空間,亦可被分成複數個空間,於本發明之實施方式中採用進行加熱步驟之拉幅爐內部被分成複數個空間者。上述空間可為能控制溫度條件、風速條件等之空間,亦可不具有間隔板等物理交界。於拉幅爐之內部被分成複數個空間之情形時,可與膜之搬送方向垂直或平行地分成複數個空間。空間之個數通常為2~20個,較佳為3~18個,更佳為4~15個,進而較佳為5~10個。不論拉幅爐之內部結構如何,可使拉幅爐整體成為加熱區域,亦可使內部之一部分成為加熱區域。參照圖4,可使區域40、41及42之3個全部成為加熱區域,亦可使該等中之1個,例如區域42成為加熱區域。The total length of the film conveying direction of the tenter furnace used in the heating step is usually 10-100 m, preferably 15-80 m, more preferably 15-60 m. The inside of the tenter furnace may be one space or divided into a plurality of spaces. In the embodiment of the present invention, the inside of the tenter furnace in the heating step is divided into a plurality of spaces. The above-mentioned space may be a space capable of controlling temperature conditions, wind speed conditions, etc., or may not have physical boundaries such as partition plates. When the inside of the tenter furnace is divided into a plurality of spaces, it can be divided into a plurality of spaces perpendicular or parallel to the transport direction of the film. The number of spaces is usually 2-20, preferably 3-18, more preferably 4-15, and still more preferably 5-10. Regardless of the internal structure of the stenter furnace, the entire stenter furnace can be used as a heating area, or a part of the interior can be used as a heating area. Referring to FIG. 4, all three of the regions 40, 41, and 42 can be used as heating regions, or one of these, for example, the region 42 can be used as a heating region.

拉幅爐亦可使用複數個。此情形時之拉幅爐之個數並無特別限定,例如可設為2~12個。各拉幅爐之內部可為以上所述之結構。複數個拉幅爐能以膜不與外部大氣接觸地進行搬送之方式連續地設置。於使用複數個拉幅爐之情形時,可使所有拉幅爐成為加熱區域,亦可使一部分拉幅爐成為加熱區域。又,除拉幅爐以外,作為其他設備,亦可倂用烘箱。本說明書中,烘箱係指可對膜進行加熱之設備,包含加熱爐及乾燥爐。加熱爐可為使用熱風處理或輻射線處理之任一種之加熱爐,亦可為倂用該等之加熱爐。於倂用烘箱之情形時,烘箱之內部結構、使用之個數及進行加熱之條件只要在可獲得本發明之光學膜之範圍內進行適當調整即可,較佳為與本說明書中記載之拉幅爐相同。Multiple stenter furnaces can also be used. The number of tenter furnaces in this case is not particularly limited, and it can be set to 2-12, for example. The inside of each stenter furnace can have the above-mentioned structure. A plurality of tenter furnaces can be continuously installed so that the film is transported without contacting the outside atmosphere. In the case of using a plurality of tenter furnaces, all tenter furnaces can be used as heating areas, or part of the tenter furnaces can be used as heating areas. Moreover, in addition to the tenter furnace, an oven can be used as other equipment. In this manual, the oven refers to equipment that can heat the film, including heating furnaces and drying furnaces. The heating furnace can be a heating furnace using either hot air treatment or radiation treatment, or a heating furnace using these. In the case of a practical oven, the internal structure of the oven, the number of ovens used, and the conditions for heating can be appropriately adjusted within the scope that the optical film of the present invention can be obtained. The width of the furnace is the same.

關於拉幅爐內部之空氣之循環與排氣,於拉幅爐之內部被分成複數個空間之情形時較佳為於各空間進行,於拉幅爐有複數個之情形時較佳為於各拉幅爐中進行。就易於製造滿足上述數式(1)~數式(3)之本發明之光學膜之觀點而言,拉幅爐內部之壓力較佳為調整成拉幅爐內相對於拉幅爐外之壓力而成為負壓。拉幅爐內部之溫度較佳為可針對每個拉幅爐進行調整,於拉幅爐之內部被分成複數個空間之情形時較佳為可於各空間獨立地進行溫度調整。各個空間之溫度設定可相同亦可不同。其中,各個拉幅爐或空間之溫度較佳為滿足後述之溫度範圍。Regarding the circulation and exhaust of the air inside the tenter furnace, when the inside of the tenter furnace is divided into a plurality of spaces, it is preferably performed in each space, and when the tenter furnace has a plurality of spaces, it is preferably performed in each space. In a stenter furnace. From the viewpoint of easy manufacture of the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the above equations (1) to (3), the pressure inside the tenter furnace is preferably adjusted to the pressure inside the tenter furnace relative to the pressure outside the tenter furnace And become negative pressure. The temperature inside the tenter furnace is preferably adjustable for each tenter furnace, and when the inside of the tenter furnace is divided into a plurality of spaces, it is preferable that the temperature can be adjusted independently in each space. The temperature setting of each space can be the same or different. Among them, the temperature of each tenter furnace or space preferably satisfies the temperature range described later.

進行加熱步驟之拉幅爐100於至少一個空間以熱風處理方式進行加熱步驟,且於至少一個空間以輻射線處理方式進行加熱步驟。關於加熱步驟,較佳為進行該步驟之所有空間以熱風處理方式進行。輻射線處理方式之加熱步驟可於與熱風處理方式不同之空間進行,較佳為與熱風處理方式倂用而進行加熱步驟。The tenter furnace 100 performing the heating step performs the heating step by hot air treatment in at least one space, and performs the heating step by radiation treatment in at least one space. Regarding the heating step, it is preferable to perform hot air treatment in all the spaces where the step is performed. The heating step of the radiation treatment method can be performed in a space different from the hot air treatment method, and it is preferable to perform the heating step by using the hot air treatment method.

熱風處理方式之加熱步驟可藉由將吹出熱風之噴嘴設置於拉幅爐內而進行。輻射線處理方式之加熱步驟可藉由將IR加熱器等設置於拉幅爐內且對膜照射輻射線而進行。The heating step of the hot air treatment method can be performed by installing a nozzle for blowing hot air in the tenter furnace. The heating step of the radiation treatment method can be performed by installing an IR heater or the like in a tenter furnace and irradiating the film with radiation.

作為本發明之實施方式之一例,以下,自使用噴嘴之熱風處理方式起依序對於使用噴嘴之熱風處理方式及使用IR加熱器之輻射線處理方式進行說明。As an example of the embodiment of the present invention, the following describes the hot air treatment method using the nozzle and the radiation treatment method using the IR heater in order from the hot air treatment method using the nozzle.

參照圖4,進行加熱步驟之拉幅爐100於內部之上表面100a設有複數個上側噴嘴46,於內部之下表面100b設有複數個下側噴嘴47。上側噴嘴46與下側噴嘴47係以於上下方向上相對向之方式設置。關於噴嘴,例如可如圖4之區域42設置4對噴嘴(共8個),亦可如圖4之區域41設置10對噴嘴(共20個),可根據烘箱之結構而適當設置。關於相鄰噴嘴之間隔,就使拉幅爐之結構簡化且對原料膜均勻加熱之觀點、及易於製造滿足數式(1)~數式(3)之光學膜之觀點而言,較佳為0.1~1 m,更佳為0.1~0.5 m,進而較佳為0.1~0.3 m。4, the tenter furnace 100 performing the heating step is provided with a plurality of upper nozzles 46 on the inner upper surface 100a, and a plurality of lower nozzles 47 on the inner lower surface 100b. The upper nozzle 46 and the lower nozzle 47 are arranged to face each other in the vertical direction. Regarding the nozzles, for example, 4 pairs of nozzles (8 in total) can be provided in the area 42 of FIG. 4, or 10 pairs of nozzles (20 in total) can be provided in the area 41 of FIG. 4, which can be appropriately set according to the structure of the oven. Regarding the distance between adjacent nozzles, from the viewpoint of simplifying the structure of the tenter furnace and uniformly heating the raw film, and the viewpoint of easy production of optical films satisfying the equations (1) to (3), it is preferably 0.1 to 1 m, more preferably 0.1 to 0.5 m, still more preferably 0.1 to 0.3 m.

於拉幅爐之內部劃分成複數個區間之情形時,設於各空間之熱風吹出用噴嘴之個數通常可為5~30個。就易於製造滿足上述數式之本發明之光學膜之觀點而言,噴嘴之個數較佳為8~20個。若噴嘴個數在上述範圍,則有漂浮之膜之曲率不易變得過大之傾向,且有膜容易於噴嘴之間浮起,即容易漂浮之傾向。When the inside of the tenter furnace is divided into a plurality of sections, the number of hot air blowing nozzles installed in each space can usually be 5-30. From the viewpoint of easy production of the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the above-mentioned formula, the number of nozzles is preferably 8-20. If the number of nozzles is in the above range, the curvature of the floating film will not easily become too large, and the film will easily float between the nozzles, that is, it will tend to float easily.

設於拉幅爐100之上表面100a之上側噴嘴46於下部具有吹出口,可向下方(箭頭B方向)吹出熱風。另一方面,分別設於拉幅爐100之下表面之下側噴嘴47於上部具有吹出口,可向上方(箭頭C方向)吹出熱風。再者,雖未示於圖4,但上側噴嘴46及下側噴嘴47於與圖4之紙面垂直之方向上具有規定尺寸之深度,以便可於寬度方向上對原料膜均勻加熱。此處,亦考慮將噴嘴之朝向設定為相對於膜面為橫向,於此情形時,雖原因不明,但難以製造滿足數式(1)~數式(3)之光學膜。The nozzle 46 provided on the upper side of the upper surface 100a of the tenter furnace 100 has a blowing port in the lower part, and can blow hot air downward (in the direction of arrow B). On the other hand, the nozzles 47 respectively provided on the lower surface of the lower surface of the tenter furnace 100 have blowing outlets on the upper part, and can blow hot air upward (in the direction of arrow C). Furthermore, although not shown in FIG. 4, the upper nozzle 46 and the lower nozzle 47 have a predetermined depth in the direction perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 4 so that the raw film can be uniformly heated in the width direction. Here, it is also considered to set the orientation of the nozzle to be transverse to the film surface. In this case, although the reason is unknown, it is difficult to manufacture an optical film that satisfies the equations (1) to (3).

於本實施方式之光學膜之製造方法中,來自設於加熱區域之所有上側噴嘴46及所有下側噴嘴47之吹出口處之熱風的吹出風速較佳為2~25 m/秒。就易於製造滿足上述數式之本發明之光學膜,且易於提高光學膜之光學均勻性之觀點而言,吹出風速更佳為2~23 m/秒,進而較佳為8~20 m/秒。又,就相同觀點而言,於沿著原料膜寬度方向之噴嘴之長度之每1 m,來自噴嘴46或47之每一個之吹出口之吹出風量較佳為0.1~3 m3 /秒,更佳為0.1~2.5 m3 /秒,進而較佳為0.2~2 m3 /秒。In the manufacturing method of the optical film of this embodiment, the blowing speed of hot air from the blowing outlets of all the upper nozzles 46 and all the lower nozzles 47 provided in the heating area is preferably 2-25 m/sec. From the viewpoint of ease of manufacturing the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the above formula and easy improvement of the optical uniformity of the optical film, the blowing wind speed is more preferably 2 to 23 m/sec, and more preferably 8 to 20 m/sec . In addition, from the same viewpoint, the blowing air volume from the outlet of each nozzle 46 or 47 is preferably 0.1 to 3 m 3 /sec for every 1 m of the length of the nozzle along the width direction of the raw film. It is preferably 0.1 to 2.5 m 3 /sec, and more preferably 0.2 to 2 m 3 /sec.

又,若於上述條件下進行加熱步驟,則易於製造滿足上述數式之本發明之光學膜,且由於均勻地進行加熱,故而膜中殘留之溶劑量之偏差變小,從而易於獲得彈性模數於膜整面更均勻之光學膜。因此,不易於膜整面產生彎曲性之偏差,從而可抑制因於膜面之彎曲性差異而產生破損。In addition, if the heating step is performed under the above conditions, it is easy to manufacture the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the above formula, and since the uniform heating is performed, the deviation of the amount of solvent remaining in the film becomes small, so that it is easy to obtain the elastic modulus An optical film that is more uniform on the entire surface of the film. Therefore, it is not easy to produce a deviation in the flexibility of the film on the entire surface, and it is possible to suppress the occurrence of damage due to the difference in the flexibility of the film surface.

於拉幅爐內,原料膜44自室溫被加熱至讓原料膜中所含之溶劑蒸發之溫度,由於利用固持裝置43以原料膜之寬度方向之長度幾乎不變之方式進行保持,故而有因熱膨脹而容易下垂之傾向。若吹出風速及吹出風量在上述範圍,則可充分對原料膜44進行加熱,且可抑制原料膜44之下垂或晃動。In the tenter furnace, the raw film 44 is heated from room temperature to the temperature at which the solvent contained in the raw film evaporates. The holding device 43 is used to hold the raw film in such a way that the length in the width direction of the raw film is almost constant. The tendency to sag easily due to thermal expansion. If the blowing air speed and the blowing air volume are within the above-mentioned ranges, the raw film 44 can be sufficiently heated, and the raw film 44 can be suppressed from sagging or shaking.

熱風之吹出風速可使用市售之熱式風速計於噴嘴46、47之熱風吹出口處進行測定。又,自吹出口之吹出風量可利用吹出風速與吹出口之面積之乘積而求出。再者,就測定精度之觀點而言,熱風之吹出風速較佳為於各噴嘴之吹出口測定10處左右,取其平均值。The blowing speed of the hot air can be measured at the hot air blowing outlets of the nozzles 46 and 47 using a commercially available thermal anemometer. In addition, the amount of air blown from the blow-out port can be obtained by the product of the blow-out wind speed and the area of the blow-out port. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of measurement accuracy, the blowing speed of the hot air is preferably measured at about 10 points at the blowing outlet of each nozzle, and the average value thereof is taken.

熱風之吹出風速及吹出風量可根據要製造之光學膜之物性(光學特性、機械物性等)而適當調整,較佳為於任一形態中均在上述範圍內。藉此,易於製造滿足上述數式(1)~數式(3)之本發明之光學膜,且易於提高該光學膜之耐彎曲性試驗後之廣角方向之視認性。加熱區域更佳為於所有加熱區域中吹出風速為25 m/秒以下且吹出風量為2 m3 /秒以下。The blowing speed and the blowing air volume of the hot air can be appropriately adjusted according to the physical properties (optical properties, mechanical properties, etc.) of the optical film to be manufactured, and it is preferably within the above-mentioned range in any form. Thereby, it is easy to manufacture the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the above-mentioned formulas (1) to (3), and it is easy to improve the visibility in the wide-angle direction after the bending resistance test of the optical film. The heating zone is more preferably that the blowing wind speed in all heating zones is 25 m/sec or less and the blowing air volume is 2 m 3 /sec or less.

本實施方式中,於拉幅爐100內未導入原料膜44之狀態下,應保持原料膜44之位置之熱風之風速較佳為5 m/秒以下,更佳為至少於加熱區域中為此種風速。藉由使用此種熱風對原料膜44進行加熱,易於製造滿足上述數式(1)~數式(3)之本發明之光學膜,且易於提高該光學膜之耐彎曲性試驗後之廣角方向之視認性。In this embodiment, when the raw film 44 is not introduced into the tenter furnace 100, the wind speed of the hot air that should maintain the position of the raw film 44 is preferably 5 m/sec or less, more preferably at least in the heating zone. Kind of wind speed. By using such hot air to heat the raw film 44, it is easy to manufacture the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the above formulas (1) to (3), and it is easy to improve the wide-angle direction of the optical film after the bending resistance test The visibility.

於加熱區域中,各個噴嘴46、47之吹出口處之熱風之吹出風速於寬度方向(與圖4之紙面垂直之方向)上的最大值與最小值之差較佳為4 m/秒以下。藉由如上所述使用寬度方向上風速之偏差較少之熱風,而易於製造滿足上述數式(1)~數式(3)之本發明之光學膜,且易於提高該光學膜之耐彎曲性試驗後之廣角方向之視認性。In the heating zone, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the blowing speed of the hot air at the blowing outlet of each nozzle 46 and 47 in the width direction (the direction perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 4) is preferably 4 m/sec or less. By using hot air with less deviation of the wind speed in the width direction as described above, it is easy to manufacture the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the above equations (1) to (3), and it is easy to improve the bending resistance of the optical film The visibility in the wide-angle direction after the test.

本實施方式中,關於吹送至膜之熱風之風速,較佳為剛搬入烘箱後之風速大於烘箱內之其他搬送路徑之風速。於烘箱之內部未被分隔成複數個之情形時,剛搬入烘箱後(以下,稱為「搬送路徑1」)係指距烘箱搬入口未達烘箱長度(自烘箱之搬入口至搬出口之長度)之1/10之距離。於烘箱之內部被分成複數個空間之情形時,搬送路徑1係指膜最初通過之空間。於使用複數個烘箱之情形時,可根據最初使用之烘箱之內部結構而與之前的記載同樣地設定,亦可將最初通過之烘箱內之風速設定為大於第2個以後之烘箱內之風速。In this embodiment, regarding the wind speed of the hot air blown to the film, it is preferable that the wind speed immediately after being transported into the oven is greater than the wind speed of other conveying paths in the oven. In the case where the inside of the oven is not divided into multiple pieces, just after being loaded into the oven (hereinafter referred to as "transport path 1") means that the length of the oven from the inlet of the oven is less than the length of the oven (the length from the inlet of the oven to the outlet of the oven) ) Is 1/10 of the distance. When the inside of the oven is divided into a plurality of spaces, the conveying path 1 refers to the space through which the film first passes. When using multiple ovens, you can set the same as the previous description based on the internal structure of the oven used initially, or set the wind speed in the first passing oven to be greater than the wind speed in the second and subsequent ovens.

所謂其他搬送路徑,於烘箱之內部未被分隔成複數個之情形時係指位於距烘箱搬入口為烘箱長度之1/10以後之搬送路徑部。於烘箱之內部被分成複數個空間之情形時係指膜通過之第2個以後之任意空間。於使用複數個烘箱之情形時,可根據最初使用之烘箱之內部結構而與之前的記載同樣地設定,亦可將第2個以後之烘箱中之任意烘箱內之風速設定為小於最初通過之烘箱內之風速。The so-called other conveying path, when the inside of the oven is not divided into a plurality of pieces, refers to the conveying path part located after 1/10 of the oven length from the entrance of the oven. When the inside of the oven is divided into a plurality of spaces, it refers to any space after the second through which the film passes. In the case of using multiple ovens, you can set the same as the previous record according to the internal structure of the oven used initially, or set the wind speed in any oven in the second and subsequent ovens to be lower than the oven initially passed through The wind speed inside.

搬送路徑1之風速與烘箱內之其他搬送路徑之風速的差較佳為0.1~15 m/秒之範圍。上述風速之差更佳為0.2 m/秒以上,又,更佳為12 m/秒以下,進而較佳為8 m/秒以下,進而更佳為5 m/秒以下,尤佳為3 m/秒以下。若以風速之差成為上述範圍之方式使剛搬入烘箱後之風速大於烘箱內之其他搬送路徑之風速,則有可更高效率地去除膜中之溶劑之傾向。若風速之差過大,則有因風速差而使膜產生晃動之情形,從而有難以製造滿足上述數式(1)~數式(3)之本發明之光學膜之情形。又,有成為所得之光學膜之表面形狀之缺陷或相位差等光學特性之偏差之原因的可能性。The difference between the wind speed of the conveying path 1 and the wind speed of other conveying paths in the oven is preferably in the range of 0.1-15 m/sec. The above-mentioned difference in wind speed is more preferably 0.2 m/sec or more, still more preferably 12 m/sec or less, still more preferably 8 m/sec or less, still more preferably 5 m/sec or less, and particularly preferably 3 m/sec. Less than seconds. If the wind speed just after being transported into the oven is greater than the wind speed of other conveying paths in the oven in such a way that the difference in wind speed falls within the above range, there is a tendency that the solvent in the film can be removed more efficiently. If the difference in wind speed is too large, the film may shake due to the difference in wind speed, and it may be difficult to manufacture the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the above equations (1) to (3). In addition, there is a possibility that it may cause a defect in the surface shape of the obtained optical film or a deviation in optical characteristics such as a phase difference.

搬送路徑1之風速與烘箱內之其他搬送路徑之風速的差可作為熱風自設置於搬送路徑1之噴嘴之吹出風速與熱風自設置於其他搬送路徑之噴嘴之吹出風速的差而求出。於吹送至膜之熱風之風速與熱風自噴嘴之吹出風速存在2 m/秒以上之差之情形時,亦可作為搬送路徑1及其他搬送路徑各自中之膜附近之熱風之風速的差而求出。The difference between the wind speed of the conveying path 1 and the wind speed of other conveying paths in the oven can be obtained as the difference between the blowing wind speed of the hot air from the nozzles installed in the conveying path 1 and the blowing wind speed of the hot air from the nozzles installed in the other conveying paths. When there is a difference of 2 m/sec or more between the speed of the hot air blown to the film and the speed of the hot air blowing from the nozzle, it can also be calculated as the difference between the wind speed of the hot air near the film in the conveying path 1 and the other conveying paths. out.

其他搬送路徑較佳為位於搬送路徑1之後的下一搬送路徑(以下,稱為「搬送路徑2」)。於烘箱之內部未被分隔成複數個場合,搬送路徑2係指位於距烘箱搬入口為烘箱長度之2/10之搬送路徑部。於烘箱之內部被分成複數個空間之情形時,搬送路徑2係指膜通過之第2個空間。於使用複數個烘箱之情形時,可根據最初使用之烘箱之內部結構而與之前的記載同樣地設定,亦可將第2個烘箱之風速設定為小於最初通過之烘箱之風速。The other conveyance path is preferably the next conveyance path after conveyance path 1 (hereinafter referred to as "conveyance path 2"). In the case where the inside of the oven is not divided into a plurality of cases, the conveying path 2 refers to the conveying path part located at 2/10 of the oven length from the entrance of the oven. When the inside of the oven is divided into multiple spaces, the conveying path 2 refers to the second space through which the film passes. In the case of using multiple ovens, it can be set in the same way as the previous description based on the internal structure of the oven initially used, or the wind speed of the second oven can be set to be lower than the wind speed of the oven that passes through at first.

於搬送路徑1與搬送路徑2之風速之差如上述般設定之情形時,搬送路徑2以後之搬送路徑之風速只要在上述熱風之吹出風速之範圍內即可。搬送路徑2以後之搬送路徑之風速較佳為與搬送路徑1或搬送路徑2各自之風速有0.1~12 m/秒之風速差,更佳為有0.2~8 m/秒之風速差。若為此種範圍之風速差,則可抑制風速差所引起之膜晃動,從而有易於製造滿足上述數式(1)~數式(3)之本發明之光學膜,且易於將所得之光學膜之重量減少率調整為所需範圍之傾向。When the wind speed difference between the conveying path 1 and the conveying path 2 is set as described above, the wind speed of the conveying path after the conveying path 2 only needs to be within the range of the blowing wind speed of the hot air. The wind speed of the conveying path after conveying path 2 preferably has a wind speed difference of 0.1-12 m/sec from the respective wind speeds of conveying path 1 or conveying path 2, and more preferably a wind speed difference of 0.2-8 m/sec. If the wind speed difference is in this range, the film shaking caused by the wind speed difference can be suppressed, so that the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the above equations (1) to (3) can be easily manufactured, and the obtained optical film can be easily manufactured. The weight reduction rate of the film is adjusted to the tendency of the desired range.

關於上述風速之差,於烘箱之內部未被分成複數個空間之情形時,只要藉由調整設置噴嘴之位置、噴嘴之熱風之吹出速度及風量、烘箱內之氣流之流動等來調整即可。於烘箱之內部被分成複數個空間之情形時,只要在最初之空間與其以後之空間,藉由調整設置噴嘴之位置、噴嘴之熱風之吹出速度及風量、烘箱內之氣流之流動等來調整即可。於使用複數個烘箱之情形時,可根據最初之烘箱之結構而與之前的記載同樣地進行,或者以使最初之烘箱與第2個以後之烘箱內風速不同之方式對設置噴嘴之位置、噴嘴之熱風之吹出速度及風量、烘箱內之氣流等進行設定即可。Regarding the above difference in wind speed, when the inside of the oven is not divided into a plurality of spaces, it can be adjusted by adjusting the position of the nozzle, the blowing speed and air volume of the hot air from the nozzle, and the flow of the air flow in the oven. When the inside of the oven is divided into multiple spaces, just adjust the position of the nozzles, the blowing speed and air volume of the nozzles, the flow of airflow in the oven, etc. in the initial space and the subsequent spaces. Can. In the case of using multiple ovens, it can be carried out in the same way as the previous description according to the structure of the first oven, or the position of the nozzles and nozzles can be installed in a way that the wind speeds in the first oven and the second and subsequent ovens are different. The hot air blowing speed and air volume, the air flow in the oven, etc. can be set.

於拉幅爐100中之加熱區域,相互對向之上側噴嘴46與下側噴嘴47之間隔L(最短距離)較佳為150 mm以上,更佳為150~600 mm,進而較佳為150~400 mm。藉由以此種間隔L配置上側噴嘴與下側噴嘴,可更確實地抑制各步驟中之膜晃動,從而易於製造滿足上述數式(1)~數式(3)之本發明之光學膜。In the heating zone of the tenter furnace 100, the distance L (shortest distance) between the upper nozzle 46 and the lower nozzle 47 facing each other is preferably 150 mm or more, more preferably 150 to 600 mm, and more preferably 150 to 400 mm. By arranging the upper nozzle and the lower nozzle at such an interval L, the film shaking in each step can be suppressed more reliably, and the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the above equations (1) to (3) can be easily manufactured.

又,設於加熱區域之各個噴嘴46、47之吹出口處之熱風於寬度方向(與圖4之紙面垂直之方向)上之最高溫度與最低溫度的差(ΔT)較佳為均為2℃以下,更佳為均為1℃以下。藉由如上所述使用寬度方向上之溫度差足夠小之熱風對膜進行加熱,而易於製造滿足上述數式(1)~數式(3)之本發明之光學膜。再者,熱風之溫度較佳為150~400℃,更佳為150~300℃,進而較佳為150~250℃。In addition, the difference between the highest temperature and the lowest temperature (ΔT) of the hot air at the outlets of the respective nozzles 46 and 47 in the heating area in the width direction (the direction perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 4) is preferably 2°C. Below, it is more preferable that all are 1 degreeC or less. By heating the film with hot air with a sufficiently small temperature difference in the width direction as described above, it is easy to manufacture the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the above-mentioned formulas (1) to (3). Furthermore, the temperature of the hot air is preferably 150 to 400°C, more preferably 150 to 300°C, and still more preferably 150 to 250°C.

作為光學膜之製造方法中可使用之噴嘴,可使用通常於膜之製造裝置中所使用之噴嘴,作為其例,可舉出:具有沿原料膜之寬度方向延伸之狹縫狀吹出口之噴嘴作為噴射噴嘴(亦稱為狹縫噴嘴);及具有於原料膜之搬送方向及原料膜之寬度方向上分別配置有複數個開口之吹出口之噴嘴作為沖孔噴嘴(亦稱為多孔噴嘴)。As the nozzle that can be used in the manufacturing method of the optical film, the nozzle usually used in the film manufacturing device can be used. As an example, a nozzle having a slit-shaped blowing port extending in the width direction of the raw film can be cited As a jet nozzle (also called a slit nozzle); and a nozzle with a plurality of openings arranged in the conveying direction of the raw film and the width direction of the raw film as a punching nozzle (also called a porous nozzle).

噴嘴係設於拉幅爐100內之上表面100a且向下朝膜吹出熱風之結構、以及設於拉幅爐100內之下表面100b且向上朝膜吹出熱風之結構。The nozzle is a structure that is arranged on the upper inner surface 100a of the tenter oven 100 and blows hot air downward toward the film, and a structure that is arranged on the inner and lower surface 100b of the tenter furnace 100 and blows hot air upward toward the film.

噴射噴嘴具有沿膜之寬度方向延伸之狹縫作為熱風之吹出口。狹縫之狹縫寬度較佳為5 mm以上,更佳為5~20 mm。藉由將狹縫寬度設為5 mm以上,可進一步提高所得之光學膜之光學均勻性。再者,噴射噴嘴每一個之吹出口之面積可利用噴射噴嘴之噴嘴之寬度方向之長度與狹縫寬度之乘積而求出。該噴嘴每一個之吹出口之面積與吹出風速之乘積成為每一個噴嘴之熱風之吹出風量。藉由將該熱風之吹出風量除以沿膜寬度方向之狹縫之長度,可求出沿膜寬度方向之噴嘴之長度每1 m之熱風吹出風量。The spray nozzle has a slit extending in the width direction of the film as a blowing port for hot air. The slit width of the slit is preferably 5 mm or more, more preferably 5-20 mm. By setting the slit width to 5 mm or more, the optical uniformity of the obtained optical film can be further improved. Furthermore, the area of the blow-out port of each spray nozzle can be obtained by multiplying the length of the nozzle in the width direction of the spray nozzle and the slit width. The product of the area of each outlet of the nozzle and the blowing wind speed becomes the blowing volume of the hot air from each nozzle. By dividing the blowing volume of the hot air by the length of the slit along the width of the film, the blowing volume of the hot air per 1 m of the length of the nozzle along the width of the film can be obtained.

沖孔噴嘴可為與其長度方向垂直之截面具有長方形之形狀者,或為朝向與原料膜44對向之面呈逐漸擴大狀之梯形形狀。沖孔噴嘴於與膜相對向之面即下側之面具有複數個開口(例如圓形之開口)。沖孔噴嘴之熱風之吹出口由設於吹出面之複數個開口構成。複數個開口為熱風之吹出口,熱風自開口以規定風速吹出。開口於膜之長度方向上配置有複數個,於寬度方向上亦配置有複數個。開口例如可配置成錯位狀。The punching nozzle may have a rectangular shape in a cross-section perpendicular to its longitudinal direction, or a trapezoidal shape that gradually expands toward the surface opposite to the raw material film 44. The punching nozzle has a plurality of openings (for example, circular openings) on the surface opposite to the film, that is, the surface on the lower side. The hot air blowing outlet of the punching nozzle is composed of a plurality of openings provided on the blowing surface. The plurality of openings are the outlets for the hot air, and the hot air is blown out from the openings at a specified wind speed. A plurality of openings are arranged in the length direction of the film, and a plurality of openings are also arranged in the width direction. The opening may be arranged in a staggered shape, for example.

沖孔噴嘴每一個之吹出口之面積可利用設於一個沖孔噴嘴之所有開口之面積之和而求出。該噴嘴每一個之吹出口之面積與吹出風速之乘積成為每一個噴嘴之熱風之吹出風量。藉由將該熱風之吹出風量除以沿膜寬度方向之狹縫之長度,可求出沿膜寬度方向之噴嘴之長度每1 m之熱風吹出風量。The area of the blow-out port of each punching nozzle can be calculated by the sum of the area of all the openings provided in a punching nozzle. The product of the area of each outlet of the nozzle and the blowing wind speed becomes the blowing volume of the hot air from each nozzle. By dividing the blowing volume of the hot air by the length of the slit along the width of the film, the blowing volume of the hot air per 1 m of the length of the nozzle along the width of the film can be obtained.

於使用沖孔噴嘴之情形時,噴嘴之吹出口處之熱風於寬度方向上之最大吹出風速與最小吹出風速的差可作為自設於同一噴嘴上之複數個開口吹出之熱風之最大吹出速度與最小吹出速度之差而求出。噴嘴之吹出口處之熱風於寬度方向上之最高溫度與最低溫度的差亦可同樣地求出。In the case of using a punching nozzle, the difference between the maximum blowing speed and the minimum blowing speed of the hot air at the outlet of the nozzle in the width direction can be used as the maximum blowing speed of the hot air blowing from multiple openings on the same nozzle. Calculate the difference between the minimum blowing speed. The difference between the highest temperature and the lowest temperature in the width direction of the hot air at the nozzle outlet can also be obtained in the same way.

若設於拉幅爐100內之噴嘴全部為沖孔噴嘴,則可增大拉幅爐100整體中之熱風吹出口之面積之合計。因此,可減小熱風對膜施加之風壓,從而可進一步減小膜之晃動。藉此,易於製造滿足上述數式(1)~數式(3)之本發明之光學膜。於拉幅爐內或加熱區域內,原料膜44自室溫被加熱至讓原料膜中所含之溶劑蒸發之溫度,由於利用固持裝置43以原料膜44之寬度方向之長度幾乎不變之方式進行保持,故而有因熱膨脹而容易下垂之傾向。藉由在加熱區域使用沖孔噴嘴,可進一步抑制原料膜44之下垂、晃動,從而易於製造滿足上述數式(1)~數式(3)之本發明之光學膜。If all the nozzles provided in the tenter furnace 100 are punched nozzles, the total area of the hot air outlet in the entire tenter furnace 100 can be increased. Therefore, the wind pressure exerted by the hot air on the film can be reduced, and the shaking of the film can be further reduced. Thereby, it is easy to manufacture the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the above-mentioned formulas (1) to (3). In the tenter furnace or in the heating zone, the raw film 44 is heated from room temperature to the temperature at which the solvent contained in the raw film evaporates, because the holding device 43 is used in such a way that the length of the raw film 44 in the width direction is almost constant. Keep it, so it tends to sag easily due to thermal expansion. By using the punching nozzle in the heating zone, sagging and shaking of the raw film 44 can be further suppressed, and the optical film of the present invention satisfying the above-mentioned formulas (1) to (3) can be easily manufactured.

關於設於沖孔噴嘴之面之開口之各尺寸及個數,可於使各開口處之熱風之吹出風速為2~25 m/秒,且自各噴嘴之吹出風量於沿膜寬度方向之噴嘴之長度每1 m而為0.1~3 m3 /秒之範圍內進行適當調整。Regarding the size and number of the openings on the surface of the punching nozzle, the blowing speed of the hot air at each opening can be 2-25 m/sec, and the blowing rate from each nozzle is less than that of the nozzles along the film width. The length should be adjusted appropriately within the range of 0.1 to 3 m 3 /sec per 1 m.

就使自沖孔噴嘴之各開口之吹出風速更均勻之觀點而言,開口之形狀較佳為圓形。於此情形時,開口之直徑較佳為2~10 mm,更佳為3~8 mm。From the viewpoint of making the blowing speed from each opening of the punching nozzle more uniform, the shape of the opening is preferably circular. In this case, the diameter of the opening is preferably 2-10 mm, more preferably 3-8 mm.

於使用沖孔噴嘴之情形時,噴嘴每一個之面之膜搬送方向之長度較佳為50~300 mm。進而,與鄰接之沖孔噴嘴之間隔較佳為0.3 m以下。又,沖孔噴嘴之開口之面積之總和(吹出口之面積)相對於沖孔噴嘴之膜寬度方向之長度的比(沖孔噴嘴之開口之面積之總和(m2 )/沖孔噴嘴之膜寬度方向之長度(m))較佳為0.008 m以上。In the case of using punching nozzles, the length of the film conveying direction of each nozzle surface is preferably 50-300 mm. Furthermore, the distance between the adjacent punching nozzles is preferably 0.3 m or less. In addition, the ratio of the total area of the openings of the punching nozzle (the area of the blowing outlet) to the length of the film width direction of the punching nozzle (the total area of the openings of the punching nozzle (m 2 )/the film of the punching nozzle The length (m) in the width direction is preferably 0.008 m or more.

藉由使用此種沖孔噴嘴,可增大熱風之吹出口之面積。藉此,可充分降低熱風之風速,且能以充分風量吹出熱風,從而可更均勻地對膜進行加熱。其結果,易於製造滿足上述數式(1)~數式(3)之本發明之光學膜。By using this punching nozzle, the area of the hot air outlet can be enlarged. Thereby, the wind speed of the hot air can be sufficiently reduced, and the hot air can be blown out with a sufficient air volume, so that the film can be heated more uniformly. As a result, it is easy to manufacture the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the above-mentioned formulas (1) to (3).

進行加熱步驟之拉幅爐100於內部之上表面100a或內部之下表面100b,與噴嘴同樣地設有IR加熱器,且可設置成於上下方向上相對向。又,IR加熱器可設有複數個。作為IR加熱器,使用通常於膜之製造裝置中所使用之IR加熱器即可。The tenter furnace 100 that performs the heating step is provided with an IR heater on the inner upper surface 100a or the inner lower surface 100b, similar to the nozzle, and can be arranged to be opposite in the up and down direction. In addition, multiple IR heaters may be provided. As the IR heater, an IR heater usually used in film manufacturing equipment may be used.

作為對膜照射之輻射線,較佳為波長為3~7 μm之熱線。又,於輻射線處理方式中,只要進行加熱步驟之空間之溫度在上述溫度範圍內,則亦可對原料膜照射溫度較空間之溫度高30℃以上之輻射線。As the radiation irradiated to the film, a heat ray having a wavelength of 3 to 7 μm is preferable. Furthermore, in the radiation treatment method, as long as the temperature of the space where the heating step is performed is within the above temperature range, the raw film can also be irradiated with radiation at a temperature higher than the temperature of the space by more than 30°C.

本發明之實施方式中,較佳為於進行加熱步驟之拉幅爐100中倂用上述噴嘴(熱風處理方式)與IR加熱器(輻射線處理方式)。於此情形時,只要在相鄰噴嘴之間或噴嘴與拉幅爐之內部壁(亦包含分隔空間之壁)之間設置IR加熱器即可。In the embodiment of the present invention, it is preferable to use the above-mentioned nozzle (hot air treatment method) and IR heater (radiation treatment method) in the tenter furnace 100 where the heating step is performed. In this case, as long as the IR heater is installed between the adjacent nozzles or between the nozzles and the inner wall of the tenter furnace (including the wall of the partition space).

於此情形時,只要進行加熱步驟之空間之溫度在上述溫度範圍內即可,於輻射線處理方式中,亦可對膜照射溫度高於空間之溫度之輻射線。輻射線之溫度例如可為較空間之溫度高30℃以上之溫度,亦可為高150℃以上之溫度。此處,輻射線之溫度係指例如IR加熱器之設定溫度之類於釋放輻射熱之設備中設定之溫度。輻射線之溫度與對膜照射之輻射線之溫度的差較佳為5℃以下,更佳為3℃以下,進而較佳為1℃以下。In this case, as long as the temperature of the space where the heating step is performed is within the above-mentioned temperature range, in the radiation treatment method, the film can also be irradiated with radiation whose temperature is higher than the temperature of the space. The temperature of the radiation can be, for example, a temperature higher than the temperature of the space by 30°C or more, or a temperature higher than 150°C. Here, the temperature of the radiant line refers to the temperature set in a device that emits radiant heat, such as the set temperature of an IR heater. The difference between the temperature of the radiation and the temperature of the radiation irradiated to the film is preferably 5°C or less, more preferably 3°C or less, and still more preferably 1°C or less.

若於拉幅爐100中,倂用噴嘴(熱風處理方式)與IR加熱器(輻射線處理方式),則即便對原料膜照射溫度較加熱區域或拉幅爐內之溫度(氛圍之溫度)高之輻射線,亦可一面抑制加熱區域或拉幅爐內之溫度變得過高一面進行加熱步驟。If the stenter furnace 100 uses a nozzle (hot air treatment method) and IR heater (radiation line treatment method), even if the raw film is irradiated at a higher temperature than the temperature in the heating zone or the stenter furnace (atmosphere temperature) The radiation can also be heated while suppressing the temperature in the heating zone or the stenter furnace from becoming too high.

倂用熱風處理方式與輻射線處理方式之加熱步驟較佳為於拉幅爐內之進行加熱步驟之複數個空間中,在自原料膜最初通過之空間至位於拉幅爐之全長之中間左右的空間之間進行。藉此,不僅可縮短加熱步驟所需之時間,且可製造面內相位差之均勻性更優異之光學膜。The heating steps of the conventional hot air treatment method and the radiation treatment method are preferably in the plurality of spaces in the tenter furnace where the heating step is performed, from the space through which the raw material film first passes to about the middle of the full length of the tenter furnace Between spaces. Thereby, not only the time required for the heating step can be shortened, but also an optical film with more excellent uniformity of the in-plane phase difference can be manufactured.

加熱步驟較佳為於150~350℃之範圍進行。本發明之實施方式中,若加熱步驟在該溫度範圍,則有原料膜易於調整成後述之重量減少率M之傾向。該溫度範圍更佳為170℃以上,進而較佳為180℃以上,且更佳為300℃以下,進而較佳為250℃以下,尤佳為230℃以下。若加熱步驟之溫度處於上述範圍,則易於將所得之光學膜之YI值調整於上述較佳範圍內。又,進行加熱步驟之空間之溫度更佳為170℃以上,進而較佳為180℃以上。進行加熱步驟之拉幅爐內之溫度只要使加熱區域在上述範圍即可。於有複數個拉幅爐之情形及拉幅爐內被分成複數個空間之情形時可適當調整,但較佳為所有拉幅爐或空間處於上述範圍內。The heating step is preferably performed in the range of 150 to 350°C. In the embodiment of the present invention, if the heating step is in this temperature range, the raw material film tends to be easily adjusted to the weight reduction rate M described later. The temperature range is more preferably 170°C or higher, still more preferably 180°C or higher, and more preferably 300°C or lower, still more preferably 250°C or lower, and particularly preferably 230°C or lower. If the temperature of the heating step is in the above-mentioned range, it is easy to adjust the YI value of the obtained optical film within the above-mentioned preferred range. In addition, the temperature of the space where the heating step is performed is more preferably 170°C or higher, and still more preferably 180°C or higher. The temperature in the tenter furnace for the heating step only needs to be such that the heating area is within the above-mentioned range. It can be adjusted appropriately when there are a plurality of tenter furnaces and when the inside of the tenter furnace is divided into a plurality of spaces, but it is preferable that all the tenter furnaces or spaces are within the above-mentioned range.

拉幅爐100內之原料膜44之移動速度通常可於0.1~50 m/min之範圍內進行適當調整。上述移動速度之上限較佳為20 m/min,更佳為15 m/min。上述移動速度之下限較佳為0.2 m/min,更佳為0.5 m/min,進而較佳為0.7 m/min,尤佳為0.8 m/min。若移動速度較快,則為了確保所需之乾燥時間而導致拉幅爐長度變長,從而有設備變大之傾向。本發明之實施方式中,若拉幅爐100內之原料膜44之移動速度在上述範圍,則有原料膜易於調整成後述之重量減少率M之傾向。又,易於製造滿足數式(1)~數式(3)之光學膜。The moving speed of the raw film 44 in the tenter furnace 100 can usually be adjusted appropriately within the range of 0.1-50 m/min. The upper limit of the aforementioned moving speed is preferably 20 m/min, more preferably 15 m/min. The lower limit of the aforementioned moving speed is preferably 0.2 m/min, more preferably 0.5 m/min, further preferably 0.7 m/min, and particularly preferably 0.8 m/min. If the moving speed is fast, the length of the tenter oven will be longer in order to ensure the required drying time, and the equipment will tend to become larger. In the embodiment of the present invention, if the moving speed of the raw material film 44 in the tenter furnace 100 is within the above-mentioned range, the raw material film tends to be easily adjusted to the weight reduction rate M described later. In addition, it is easy to manufacture an optical film that satisfies the mathematical formulas (1) to (3).

加熱步驟之處理時間通常為60秒~2小時,較佳為10分鐘~1小時。處理時間只要考慮到上述拉幅爐之溫度、移動速度、熱風之風速及風量等條件而適當調整即可。The treatment time of the heating step is usually 60 seconds to 2 hours, preferably 10 minutes to 1 hour. The processing time only needs to be adjusted appropriately in consideration of the temperature, moving speed, hot air speed and air volume of the above-mentioned tenter furnace.

於本發明之一實施方式中,光學膜之製造方法可於加熱步驟中進行改變膜寬度之操作或保持膜寬度而進行搬送之操作。作為改變膜寬度之操作之例,可舉出使膜於寬度方向上延伸之操作。延伸倍率較佳為0.7~1.3倍,更佳為0.8~1.2倍,進而較佳為0.8~1.1倍。作為保持膜寬度而進行搬送之操作之例,可舉出以使膜之寬度方向之長度幾乎不變之方式進行保持之操作。經過該等操作所得之光學膜可成為相對於原料膜之寬度方向之長度而為0.7~1.3倍左右之長度,可為自原料膜之寬度方向之長度進行延伸、與其等倍或收縮之長度。延伸倍率係作為延伸後之膜之寬度(除固持部分以外)相對於除固持部分以外之膜之寬度的比而求出。 再者,於圖5中,以實線表示於使膜之寬度方向延伸之操作中延伸倍率超過1倍之情形,以虛線表示延伸倍率為等倍或未達1倍之情形。In one embodiment of the present invention, the manufacturing method of the optical film can perform the operation of changing the film width during the heating step or the operation of maintaining the film width for conveyance. As an example of the operation of changing the width of the film, an operation of extending the film in the width direction can be cited. The stretching ratio is preferably 0.7 to 1.3 times, more preferably 0.8 to 1.2 times, and still more preferably 0.8 to 1.1 times. As an example of the operation of holding the film width and carrying it out, there can be mentioned an operation of holding the film so that the length in the width direction of the film is almost constant. The optical film obtained through these operations can have a length of about 0.7 to 1.3 times the length of the width direction of the raw film, and can be a length that extends from the length of the width direction of the raw film, equals or shrinks. The stretching ratio is calculated as the ratio of the width of the stretched film (except for the holding part) to the width of the film except for the holding part. Furthermore, in FIG. 5, the solid line indicates the case where the stretching ratio exceeds 1 in the operation of extending the film in the width direction, and the dotted line indicates the case where the stretching ratio is equal to or less than 1 time.

將經過加熱步驟之光學膜自拉幅爐搬出之後,可連續地供給至下一步驟,亦可卷取成卷狀後供給至下一步驟。於將光學膜卷取成捲筒之情形時,可積層表面保護膜及其他光學膜等其他膜後進行卷取。作為積層於光學膜之表面保護膜,可使用與後述之積層於原料膜之表面保護膜相同者。積層於光學膜之表面保護膜之厚度通常為10~100 μm,較佳為10~80 μm。After the optical film that has undergone the heating step is unloaded from the tenter furnace, it can be continuously supplied to the next step, or it can be rolled into a roll and supplied to the next step. When the optical film is rolled into a roll, the surface protective film and other optical films can be laminated and then rolled up. As the surface protection film laminated on the optical film, the same thing as the surface protection film laminated on the raw material film mentioned later can be used. The thickness of the surface protection film laminated on the optical film is usually 10-100 μm, preferably 10-80 μm.

<原料膜> 供給至上述加熱步驟之原料膜至少含有聚醯亞胺系樹脂及/或聚醯胺系樹脂。原料膜較佳為含有與於後述之原料膜形成中所使用之清漆中所含之成分相同之成分,但為了能夠產生成分之結構變化、溶劑之一部分之蒸發,亦可不同。原料膜只要為自支撐膜即可,亦可為凝膠膜。<Raw film> The raw material film supplied to the heating step contains at least a polyimide-based resin and/or a polyimide-based resin. The raw material film preferably contains the same components as those contained in the varnish used in the formation of the raw material film described later, but it may be different in order to cause structural changes of the components and evaporation of a part of the solvent. The raw material film may be a self-supporting film, or a gel film.

就易於製造滿足數式(1)~數式(3)之光學膜之觀點而言,原料膜不論是否含有無機材料,均較佳為自上述清漆去除溶劑之一部分以使其藉由熱重量-示差熱測定(以下,有時稱為「TG-DTA測定」)而求出之自120℃至250℃之重量減少率M較佳為1~40%程度,更佳為3~20%,進而較佳為5~15%,尤佳為5~12%。原料膜之重量減少率M可使用市售之TG-DTA之測定裝置利用以下之方法進行測定。作為TG-DTA之測定裝置,可使用Hitachi High-Tech Science公司製造之TG/DTA6300。From the viewpoint of ease of manufacturing an optical film satisfying the equations (1) to (3), whether or not the raw film contains inorganic materials, it is preferable to remove a part of the solvent from the varnish so that it can be weighted by heat- The weight loss rate M from 120°C to 250°C obtained by differential thermal measurement (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "TG-DTA measurement") is preferably about 1 to 40%, more preferably 3 to 20%, and further It is preferably 5 to 15%, and particularly preferably 5 to 12%. The weight reduction rate M of the raw film can be measured by the following method using a commercially available TG-DTA measuring device. As a TG-DTA measuring device, TG/DTA6300 manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Science can be used.

首先,自原料膜取得約20 mg之試樣,於如下條件下一面對試樣加熱一面測定試樣之重量變化:以10℃/min之升溫速度自室溫升溫至120℃,且於120℃保持5分鐘之後,以10℃/min之升溫速度升溫至400℃。然後,根據TG-DTA測定之結果,利用下述式算出自120℃至250℃之重量減少率M(%)即可。下述式中,W0 表示於120℃保持5分鐘後之試樣之重量,W1 表示於250℃之試樣之重量。 M(%)=100-(W1 /W0 )×100First, obtain about 20 mg of the sample from the raw material film, and measure the weight change of the sample while heating the sample under the following conditions: heating from room temperature to 120°C at a heating rate of 10°C/min, and at 120°C After holding for 5 minutes, the temperature is increased to 400°C at a temperature increase rate of 10°C/min. Then, based on the result of the TG-DTA measurement, the weight reduction rate M (%) from 120°C to 250°C can be calculated using the following formula. In the following formula, W 0 represents the weight of the sample after being kept at 120°C for 5 minutes, and W 1 represents the weight of the sample at 250°C. M(%)=100-(W 1 /W 0 )×100

若原料膜之重量減少率M大到某種程度,則於將原料膜卷取為與基材或表面保護膜之積層體時,可抑制積層體之彎折等變形,從而有改善積層體之卷取性之傾向。又,變得容易製造滿足數式(1)~數式(3)之光學膜。If the weight reduction rate M of the raw film is large to a certain extent, when the raw film is wound into a laminate with the base material or the surface protection film, the bending and other deformation of the laminate can be suppressed, thereby improving the performance of the laminate. The tendency of coiling. In addition, it becomes easy to manufacture an optical film that satisfies the equations (1) to (3).

若原料膜之重量減少率M小到某種程度,則於將原料膜作為與基材或表面保護膜之積層體而卷取時,有原料膜不易貼附於基材或表面保護膜之傾向。因此,可維持原料膜之均勻之透明性,且容易將積層體自捲筒巻出。If the weight reduction rate M of the raw film is small to a certain degree, when the raw film is wound up as a laminate with the substrate or the surface protection film, the raw film tends to be difficult to adhere to the substrate or the surface protection film . Therefore, the uniform transparency of the raw film can be maintained, and the laminate can be easily rolled out of the reel.

原料膜可藉由對上述塗膜進行乾燥並自基材剝離而形成。塗膜之乾燥通常可於50~350℃之溫度下進行。視需要可於惰性氛圍或減壓之條件下進行塗膜之乾燥。可將以上述方式獲得之原料膜供給至上述加熱步驟而製造本發明之光學膜。原料膜可連續地搬送而供給至加熱步驟,亦可先卷取後再供給。The raw material film can be formed by drying the above-mentioned coating film and peeling it from the base material. The drying of the coating film can usually be carried out at a temperature of 50 to 350°C. If necessary, the coating film can be dried under an inert atmosphere or under reduced pressure. The raw material film obtained in the above-mentioned manner can be supplied to the above-mentioned heating step to manufacture the optical film of the present invention. The raw material film may be continuously conveyed and supplied to the heating step, or may be wound up before being supplied.

<功能層> 可於本發明之光學膜之至少一面積層1層以上之功能層。作為功能層,例如可舉出:紫外線吸收層、硬塗層、底塗層、阻氣層、黏著層、色相調整層、折射率調整層等。功能層可單獨使用或組合兩種以上而使用。<Functional layer> One or more functional layers can be used in at least one area layer of the optical film of the present invention. As the functional layer, for example, an ultraviolet absorbing layer, a hard coat layer, an undercoat layer, a gas barrier layer, an adhesion layer, a hue adjustment layer, a refractive index adjustment layer, etc. may be mentioned. The functional layer can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

(紫外線吸收層) 紫外線吸收層係具有紫外線吸收功能之層,例如包含選自紫外線硬化型透明樹脂、電子束硬化型透明樹脂及熱硬化型透明樹脂中之主材、以及分散於該主材中之紫外線吸收劑。(Ultraviolet absorption layer) The ultraviolet absorbing layer is a layer having an ultraviolet absorbing function, for example, includes a main material selected from ultraviolet curable transparent resin, electron beam curable transparent resin, and thermosetting transparent resin, and an ultraviolet absorber dispersed in the main material.

(硬塗層) 硬塗層為如下層,即,例如可使含有能夠藉由照射活性能量線或賦予熱能而形成交聯結構之反應性材料之硬塗形成用組合物(以下,亦稱為「硬塗組合物」)硬化而形成,較佳為可藉由照射活性能量線而形成之層。活性能量線定義為可將會產生活性種之化合物分解而產生活性種之能量線,可舉出可見光、紫外線、紅外線、X射線、α射線、β射線、γ射線及電子束等,較佳可舉出紫外線。上述硬塗組合物含有自由基聚合性化合物及陽離子聚合性化合物之至少一種聚合物。硬塗層之厚度並無特別限定,就易於防止硬塗層或硬塗層與光學膜之界面處之破裂之觀點而言,較佳為2~50 μm,更佳為2~40 μm,進而較佳為3~20 μm,進而更佳為3~15 μm。若上述硬塗層之厚度處於上述範圍,則可確保充分之耐擦傷性,又,有耐彎曲性不易下降,且不易產生由於硬化收縮而發生捲縮之問題之傾向。(Hard coating) The hard coat layer is a layer in which, for example, a composition for forming a hard coat containing a reactive material capable of forming a cross-linked structure by irradiating active energy rays or imparting heat energy (hereinafter, also referred to as "hard coat composition ") It is formed by curing, preferably a layer that can be formed by irradiating active energy rays. Active energy rays are defined as energy rays that can decompose compounds that produce active species to produce active species. Examples include visible light, ultraviolet rays, infrared rays, X-rays, α-rays, β-rays, γ-rays, and electron beams. For example, ultraviolet rays. The above-mentioned hard coating composition contains at least one polymer of a radical polymerizable compound and a cation polymerizable compound. The thickness of the hard coat layer is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of easy prevention of cracking at the hard coat layer or the interface between the hard coat layer and the optical film, it is preferably 2-50 μm, more preferably 2-40 μm, and further It is preferably 3-20 μm, and still more preferably 3-15 μm. If the thickness of the hard coat layer is in the above range, sufficient scratch resistance can be ensured, and the bending resistance is unlikely to decrease, and there is a tendency that the problem of curling due to hardening shrinkage is unlikely to occur.

於硬塗層形成步驟中,對塗膜照射高能量線(例如活性能量線),使塗膜硬化而形成硬塗層。照射強度係根據硬化性組合物之組成而適當決定,並無特別限定,較佳為進行對聚合起始劑之活化有效之波長區域之照射。照射強度較佳為0.1~6,000 mW/cm2 ,更佳為10~1,000 mW/cm2 ,進而較佳為20~500 mW/cm2 。若照射強度在上述範圍內,則可確保恰當之反應時間,且可抑制由於自光源輻射之熱及硬化反應時之放熱而導致樹脂黃變、劣化。照射時間只要根據硬化性組合物之組成而適當選擇即可,並無特別限制,以如下方式進行設定:使以上述照射強度與照射時間之乘積表示之累計光量較佳為10~10,000 mJ/cm2 ,更佳為50~1,000 mJ/cm2 ,進而較佳為80~500 mJ/cm2 。若累計光量在上述範圍內,則可產生足夠量之源自聚合起始劑之活性種,從而使硬化反應更確實地進行,又,照射時間不會變得過長,從而可維持良好之生產性。又,藉由經過於該範圍內之照射步驟,可進一步提高硬塗層之硬度,因而有用。就提高硬塗層之平滑性,而進一步提高光學膜之廣角方向之視認性之觀點而言,可舉出:溶劑之種類、成分比、固形物成分濃度之最佳化及調平劑之添加等。In the hard coat layer forming step, high energy rays (for example, active energy rays) are irradiated to the coating film to harden the coating film to form a hard coat layer. The irradiation intensity is appropriately determined according to the composition of the curable composition and is not particularly limited. It is preferable to perform irradiation in a wavelength region effective for activation of the polymerization initiator. The irradiation intensity is preferably 0.1 to 6,000 mW/cm 2 , more preferably 10 to 1,000 mW/cm 2 , and still more preferably 20 to 500 mW/cm 2 . If the irradiation intensity is within the above range, an appropriate reaction time can be ensured, and the yellowing and deterioration of the resin due to the heat radiated from the light source and the exothermic heat during the curing reaction can be suppressed. The irradiation time can be appropriately selected according to the composition of the curable composition, and is not particularly limited. It is set as follows: the cumulative light amount expressed by the product of the above-mentioned irradiation intensity and irradiation time is preferably 10 to 10,000 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably 50 to 1,000 mJ/cm 2 , still more preferably 80 to 500 mJ/cm 2 . If the cumulative amount of light is within the above range, a sufficient amount of active species derived from the polymerization initiator can be generated, so that the curing reaction can proceed more reliably, and the irradiation time will not become too long, so that good production can be maintained sex. In addition, by going through the irradiation step within this range, the hardness of the hard coat layer can be further increased, which is useful. In terms of improving the smoothness of the hard coat layer and further improving the visibility of the optical film in the wide-angle direction, examples include: the type of solvent, the component ratio, the optimization of the solid component concentration, and the addition of a leveling agent Wait.

上述自由基聚合性化合物為具有自由基聚合性基之化合物。作為上述自由基聚合性化合物所具有之自由基聚合性基,只要為可發生自由基聚合反應之官能基即可,可舉出含有碳-碳不飽和雙鍵之基等,具體而言,可舉出:乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等。再者,於上述自由基聚合性化合物具有2個以上之自由基聚合性基之情形時,該等自由基聚合性基相互可相同亦可不同。就提高硬塗層之硬度之方面而言,上述自由基聚合性化合物於1分子中所具有之自由基聚合性基之數較佳為2以上。作為上述自由基聚合性化合物,就反應性高之方面而言,較佳可舉出具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之化合物,具體而言,可舉出於1分子中具有2~6個(甲基)丙烯醯基之稱為多官能丙烯酸酯單體的化合物,或稱為環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯、胺基甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯之於分子內具有數個(甲基)丙烯醯基且分子量為數百至數千之低聚物,較佳可舉出選自環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯、胺基甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯及聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯中之1種以上。The above-mentioned radically polymerizable compound is a compound having a radically polymerizable group. The radical polymerizable group possessed by the above radical polymerizable compound may be a functional group capable of undergoing a radical polymerization reaction. Examples include groups containing a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond. Specifically, Examples include vinyl groups, (meth)acryloyl groups, and the like. In addition, when the above-mentioned radically polymerizable compound has two or more radically polymerizable groups, these radically polymerizable groups may be the same or different from each other. In terms of increasing the hardness of the hard coat layer, the number of radical polymerizable groups contained in one molecule of the radical polymerizable compound is preferably 2 or more. As the above-mentioned radically polymerizable compound, in terms of high reactivity, a compound having a (meth)acryloyl group is preferably used. Specifically, there are 2 to 6 ( (Meth)acrylic acid is a compound called multifunctional acrylate monomer, or epoxy (meth)acrylate, urethane (meth)acrylate, polyester (meth)acrylate The oligomer having several (meth)acrylic acid groups in the molecule and having a molecular weight of several hundred to several thousand, preferably selected from epoxy (meth)acrylate, urethane (former One or more of acrylate and polyester (meth)acrylate.

上述陽離子聚合性化合物係具有環氧基、氧雜環丁基、乙烯醚基等陽離子聚合性基之化合物。就提高硬塗層之硬度之方面而言,上述陽離子聚合性化合物於1分子中具有之陽離子聚合性基之數較佳為2以上,更佳為3以上。 又,作為上述陽離子聚合性化合物,其中,較佳為具有環氧基及氧雜環丁基之至少一種作為陽離子聚合性基之化合物。就聚合反應所伴隨之收縮較小之方面而言,較佳為環氧基、氧雜環丁基等環狀醚基。又,具有環狀醚基中之環氧基之化合物有如下優點:易於獲得各種結構之化合物,不會對所得之硬塗層之耐久性產生不良影響,與自由基聚合性化合物之相容性亦容易控制。又,環狀醚基中之氧雜環丁基有如下優點:與環氧基相比,聚合度易於變高,從而加快所得之硬塗層之由陽離子聚合性化合物獲得之網路的形成速度,且於與自由基聚合性化合物混合存在之區域亦不會於膜中殘留未反應之單體而形成獨立之網路等。 作為具有環氧基之陽離子聚合性化合物,例如可舉出:藉由利用過氧化氫、過酸等適當氧化劑使具有脂環族環之多元醇之聚縮水甘油醚或含環己烯環、環戊烯環之化合物進行環氧化而獲得的脂環族環氧樹脂;脂肪族多元醇或其環氧烷加成物之聚縮水甘油醚,脂肪族長鏈多元酸之聚縮水甘油酯,(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯之均聚物、共聚物等脂肪族環氧樹脂;藉由雙酚A、雙酚F或氫化雙酚A等雙酚類、或者該等之環氧烷加成體、己內酯加成體等衍生物與表氯醇之反應而製造的縮水甘油醚,及酚醛清漆環氧樹脂等且為自雙酚類衍生之縮水甘油醚型環氧樹脂等。The above-mentioned cationically polymerizable compound is a compound having a cationically polymerizable group such as an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, and a vinyl ether group. In terms of increasing the hardness of the hard coat layer, the number of cationically polymerizable groups that the above-mentioned cationically polymerizable compound has in one molecule is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more. In addition, as the above-mentioned cationically polymerizable compound, a compound having at least one of an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group as a cationically polymerizable group is preferable. In terms of small shrinkage accompanying the polymerization reaction, cyclic ether groups such as epoxy groups and oxetanyl groups are preferred. In addition, the compound having the epoxy group in the cyclic ether group has the following advantages: it is easy to obtain compounds of various structures, does not adversely affect the durability of the obtained hard coat layer, and is compatible with radical polymerizable compounds It is also easy to control. In addition, the oxetanyl group in the cyclic ether group has the following advantages: Compared with the epoxy group, the degree of polymerization tends to be higher, thereby accelerating the formation speed of the network obtained from the cation polymerizable compound of the hard coat layer. , And in the area where the radical polymerizable compound is mixed, it will not leave unreacted monomer in the film and form an independent network. Examples of cationic polymerizable compounds having epoxy groups include: using appropriate oxidizing agents such as hydrogen peroxide and peracid to make polyglycidyl ethers of polyhydric alcohols with alicyclic rings or cyclohexene-containing rings and ring Cycloaliphatic epoxy resin obtained by epoxidation of compound of pentene ring; polyglycidyl ether of aliphatic polyol or its alkylene oxide adduct, polyglycidyl ester of aliphatic long-chain polyacid, (methyl ) Aliphatic epoxy resins such as homopolymers and copolymers of glycidyl acrylate; by bisphenols such as bisphenol A, bisphenol F or hydrogenated bisphenol A, or these alkylene oxide adducts, Glycidyl ethers produced by the reaction of derivatives such as lactone adducts and epichlorohydrin, and novolac epoxy resins, etc., are glycidyl ether type epoxy resins derived from bisphenols.

上述硬塗組合物可進而含有聚合起始劑。作為聚合起始劑,可舉出自由基聚合起始劑、陽離子聚合起始劑、自由基及陽離子聚合起始劑等,可適當選擇而使用。該等聚合起始劑藉由活性能量線照射及加熱之至少一種而分解,產生自由基或陽離子而進行自由基聚合與陽離子聚合。 自由基聚合起始劑只要可藉由活性能量線照射及加熱之至少任一種而釋出使自由基聚合開始之物質即可。例如,作為熱自由基聚合起始劑,可舉出:過氧化氫、過苯甲酸等有機過氧化物、偶氮二異丁腈等偶氮化合物等。 作為活性能量線自由基聚合起始劑,有藉由分子之分解而生成自由基之Type1型自由基聚合起始劑、以及與三級胺共存而藉由奪氫型反應生成自由基之Type2型自由基聚合起始劑,該等可單獨使用或倂用。 陽離子聚合起始劑只要可藉由活性能量線照射及加熱之至少任一種而釋出使陽離子聚合開始之物質即可。作為陽離子聚合起始劑,可使用芳香族錪鹽、芳香族鋶鹽、環戊二烯基鐵(II)錯合物等。該等根據結構之不同而可藉由活性能量線照射或加熱之任一種開始陽離子聚合或藉由兩種均可開始陽離子聚合。The above-mentioned hard coat composition may further contain a polymerization initiator. As a polymerization initiator, a radical polymerization initiator, a cationic polymerization initiator, a radical and a cationic polymerization initiator, etc. are mentioned, It can select suitably and use. The polymerization initiators are decomposed by at least one of active energy ray irradiation and heating to generate free radicals or cations for radical polymerization and cationic polymerization. The radical polymerization initiator may release a substance that initiates radical polymerization by at least one of active energy ray irradiation and heating. For example, as a thermal radical polymerization initiator, organic peroxides, such as hydrogen peroxide and perbenzoic acid, azo compounds, such as azobisisobutyronitrile, etc. are mentioned. As active energy ray radical polymerization initiators, there are Type 1 radical polymerization initiators that generate free radicals by the decomposition of molecules, and Type 2 radicals that coexist with tertiary amines to generate free radicals by hydrogen abstraction reaction. Radical polymerization initiators, which can be used singly or independently. The cationic polymerization initiator may release a substance that initiates cationic polymerization by at least one of active energy ray irradiation and heating. As the cationic polymerization initiator, an aromatic iodonium salt, an aromatic sulfonium salt, a cyclopentadienyl iron (II) complex, and the like can be used. Depending on the structure, the cationic polymerization can be started by either active energy ray irradiation or heating, or both can start cationic polymerization.

可含有相對於上述硬塗組合物整體100質量%而較佳為0.1~10質量%之上述聚合起始劑。若上述聚合起始劑之含量處於上述範圍,則可使硬化充分地進行,而可使最終獲得之塗膜之機械物性、密接力在良好之範圍,又,有不易由於硬化收縮而產生接著力不良、破裂現象及捲縮現象之傾向。The polymerization initiator may be contained in an amount of 0.1 to 10% by mass relative to 100% by mass of the entire hard coating composition. If the content of the polymerization initiator is in the above range, the curing can be carried out sufficiently, and the mechanical properties and adhesion of the finally obtained coating film can be in a good range, and it is difficult to produce adhesive force due to curing shrinkage. Defects, cracks and crimping tendencies.

上述硬塗組合物可進而含有選自由溶劑及添加劑所組成之群中之一種以上。 上述溶劑係可使上述聚合性化合物及聚合起始劑溶解或分散者,只要為作為本技術領域之硬塗組合物之溶劑周知之溶劑,便可於不妨礙本發明之效果之範圍內使用。 上述添加劑可進而包含無機粒子、調平劑、穩定劑、界面活性劑、抗靜電劑、潤滑劑、防污劑等。The above-mentioned hard coating composition may further contain one or more selected from the group consisting of solvents and additives. The above-mentioned solvent can dissolve or disperse the above-mentioned polymerizable compound and polymerization initiator, as long as it is a well-known solvent as a solvent for the hard coat composition in the technical field, and it can be used within a range that does not hinder the effect of the present invention. The above-mentioned additives may further include inorganic particles, leveling agents, stabilizers, surfactants, antistatic agents, lubricants, antifouling agents, and the like.

(黏著層) 黏著層係具有黏著性之功能之層,具有使光學膜接著於其他構件之功能。作為黏著層之形成材料,可使用通常所知者。例如,可使用熱硬化性樹脂組合物或光硬化性樹脂組合物。於此情形時,藉由事後供給能量,可使樹脂組合物高分子化而硬化。(Adhesive layer) The adhesive layer is a layer with the function of adhesion, and has the function of adhering the optical film to other components. As the forming material of the adhesive layer, commonly known materials can be used. For example, a thermosetting resin composition or a photocuring resin composition can be used. In this case, by supplying energy afterwards, the resin composition can be polymerized and hardened.

黏著層亦可為被稱為感壓型接著劑(Pressure Sensitive Adhesive,PSA)之藉由按壓而貼合於對象物之層。感壓型接著劑可為作為「於常溫下具有黏著性,且以較輕之壓力便接著於被接著材之物質」(JIS K6800)之黏著劑,亦可為「於保護覆膜(微膠囊)內含特定成分,且直至藉由適當之手段(壓力、熱等)破壞覆膜之前可保持穩定性之接著劑」(JIS K6800)即膠囊型接著劑。The adhesive layer may also be a layer that is called a pressure sensitive adhesive (PSA) that is adhered to an object by pressing. Pressure-sensitive adhesives can be used as "substances that are adhesive at room temperature and adhere to the material to be bonded under light pressure" (JIS K6800), or they can be used as "protective coating (microcapsules)" (JIS K6800). ) An adhesive that contains specific ingredients and can maintain stability until the film is destroyed by appropriate means (pressure, heat, etc.)" (JIS K6800), which is a capsule adhesive.

(色相調整層) 色相調整層係具有色相調整功能之層,且為可將包含光學膜之積層體調整成目標色相之層。色相調整層例如為含有樹脂及著色劑之層。作為該著色劑,例如可舉出:氧化鈦、氧化鋅、紅丹、氧鈦系煅燒顏料、群青、鋁酸鈷、及碳黑等無機顏料;偶氮系化合物、喹吖啶酮系化合物、蒽醌系化合物、苝系化合物、異吲哚酮系化合物、酞菁系化合物、喹酞酮系化合物、士林(threne)系化合物、及吡咯并吡咯二酮系化合物等有機顏料;硫酸鋇、及碳酸鈣等體質顏料;以及鹼性染料、酸性染料、及媒染染料等染料。(Hue adjustment layer) The hue adjustment layer is a layer with a hue adjustment function, and is a layer that can adjust the layered body including the optical film to the target hue. The hue adjusting layer is, for example, a layer containing resin and coloring agent. Examples of the coloring agent include inorganic pigments such as titanium oxide, zinc oxide, red lead, titanyl calcined pigments, ultramarine blue, cobalt aluminate, and carbon black; azo compounds, quinacridone compounds, Organic pigments such as anthraquinone compounds, perylene compounds, isoindolinone compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, quinophthalone compounds, threne compounds, and diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds; barium sulfate, And extender pigments such as calcium carbonate; and dyes such as basic dyes, acid dyes, and mordant dyes.

(折射率調整層) 折射率調整層係具有折射率調整功能之層,且例如為具有與光學膜不同之折射率,可對光學積層體賦予規定折射率之層。折射率調整層例如可為含有適當選擇之樹脂及視需要進而含有顏料之樹脂層,亦可為金屬之薄膜。作為調整折射率之顏料,例如可舉出:氧化矽、氧化鋁、氧化銻、氧化錫、氧化鈦、氧化鋯及氧化鉭。該顏料之平均一次粒徑可為0.1 μm以下。藉由將顏料之平均一次粒徑設為0.1 μm以下,可防止透過折射率調整層之光之漫反射,且防止透明度之下降。作為折射率調整層中所使用之金屬,例如可舉出:氧化鈦、氧化鉭、氧化鋯、氧化鋅、氧化錫、氧化矽、氧化銦、氮氧化鈦、氮化鈦、氮氧化矽、氮化矽等金屬氧化物或金屬氮化物。(Refractive index adjustment layer) The refractive index adjustment layer is a layer having a refractive index adjustment function, and is, for example, a layer that has a refractive index different from that of an optical film and can provide a predetermined refractive index to the optical laminate. The refractive index adjustment layer may be, for example, a resin layer containing appropriately selected resin and pigments as needed, or a metal film. Examples of pigments that adjust the refractive index include silica, alumina, antimony oxide, tin oxide, titanium oxide, zirconium oxide, and tantalum oxide. The average primary particle size of the pigment may be 0.1 μm or less. By setting the average primary particle size of the pigment to 0.1 μm or less, the diffuse reflection of the light passing through the refractive index adjustment layer can be prevented, and the decrease in transparency can be prevented. Examples of metals used in the refractive index adjustment layer include titanium oxide, tantalum oxide, zirconium oxide, zinc oxide, tin oxide, silicon oxide, indium oxide, titanium oxynitride, titanium nitride, silicon oxynitride, and nitrogen oxide. Metal oxides or metal nitrides such as silicide.

(保護膜) 於本發明之一實施態樣中,光學膜可於至少一面(單面或兩面)具有保護膜。例如於光學膜之單面具有功能層之情形時,保護膜可積層於光學膜側之表面或功能層側之表面,亦可積層於光學膜側與功能層側之兩方。於光學膜之兩面具有功能層之情形時,保護膜可積層於單面之功能層側之表面,亦可積層於兩面之功能層側之表面。保護膜係用於暫時保護光學膜或功能層之表面之膜,只要為可保護光學膜或功能層之表面且可剝離之膜,則並無特別限定。作為保護膜,例如可舉出:聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯等聚酯系樹脂膜;聚乙烯、聚丙烯膜等聚烯烴系樹脂膜;丙烯酸系樹脂膜等;較佳為選自由聚烯烴系樹脂膜、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯系樹脂膜及丙烯酸系樹脂膜所組成之群中。於光學膜具有2個保護膜之情形時,各保護膜可相同亦可不同。(Protective film) In one embodiment of the present invention, the optical film may have a protective film on at least one side (single side or both sides). For example, when the optical film has a functional layer on one side, the protective film may be laminated on the surface on the optical film side or on the functional layer side, or on both the optical film side and the functional layer side. When there are functional layers on both sides of the optical film, the protective film can be laminated on the surface on the side of the functional layer on one side, or on the surface on the side of the functional layer on both sides. The protective film is a film for temporarily protecting the surface of the optical film or the functional layer, and it is not particularly limited as long as it can protect the surface of the optical film or the functional layer and can be peeled off. Examples of protective films include polyester resin films such as polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, and polyethylene naphthalate; polyolefins such as polyethylene and polypropylene films. Resin film; acrylic resin film, etc.; preferably selected from the group consisting of polyolefin resin film, polyethylene terephthalate resin film, and acrylic resin film. When the optical film has two protective films, each protective film may be the same or different.

保護膜之厚度並無特別限定,通常為10~120 μm,較佳為15~110 μm,更佳為20~100 μm。於光學膜具有2個保護膜之情形時,各保護膜之厚度可相同亦可不同。The thickness of the protective film is not particularly limited, and is usually 10 to 120 μm, preferably 15 to 110 μm, and more preferably 20 to 100 μm. When the optical film has two protective films, the thickness of each protective film may be the same or different.

本發明之光學膜可為單層,亦可為積層體,例如可將以上述方式製造之光學膜直接使用,亦可作為進而與其他膜之積層體而使用。The optical film of the present invention may be a single layer or a laminate. For example, the optical film manufactured in the above manner may be used as it is, or may be used as a laminate with other films.

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,本發明之光學膜作為圖像顯示裝置之前面板,尤其是可撓式顯示裝置之前面板(以下,亦稱為「視窗膜」),尤其是可捲曲顯示器或可摺疊顯示器之前面板而非常有用。可撓式顯示裝置例如具有可撓式功能層、及重疊於可撓式功能層而作為前面板發揮功能之光學膜。即,可撓式顯示裝置之前面板配置於可撓式功能層上之視認側。該前面板具有保護可撓式功能層之功能。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the optical film of the present invention is used as the front panel of an image display device, especially a flexible display device front panel (hereinafter, also referred to as "window film"), especially a rollable display Or the front panel of the foldable display is very useful. The flexible display device has, for example, a flexible functional layer and an optical film superimposed on the flexible functional layer to function as a front panel. That is, the front panel of the flexible display device is arranged on the visible side of the flexible functional layer. The front panel has the function of protecting the flexible functional layer.

作為圖像顯示裝置,可舉出:電視、智慧型手機、行動電話、汽車導航、平板PC(Personal Computer,個人電腦)、攜帶型遊戲機、電子紙、指示器、公告板、鐘錶、及智慧型手錶等可穿戴裝置等。作為可撓式顯示裝置,可舉出具有可撓特性之所有圖像顯示裝置。Examples of image display devices include televisions, smart phones, mobile phones, car navigation, tablet PCs (Personal Computers), portable game consoles, electronic paper, indicators, bulletin boards, clocks, and smart phones. Wearable devices such as type watches, etc. As the flexible display device, all image display devices having flexible characteristics can be cited.

[可撓式顯示裝置] 本發明亦提供具備本發明之光學膜之可撓式顯示裝置。本發明之光學膜較佳為於可撓式顯示裝置中作為前面板使用,有時將該前面板稱為視窗膜。可撓式顯示裝置包含可撓式顯示裝置用積層體及有機EL(Electroluminescence,電致發光)顯示面板,相對於有機EL顯示面板,於視認側配置可撓式顯示裝置用積層體,且構成為可彎折。可撓式顯示裝置用積層體可包含本發明之光學膜(視窗膜)、圓偏光板、觸控感測器,該等之積層順序為任意,較佳為自視認側起按照視窗膜、圓偏光板、觸控感測器或視窗膜、觸控感測器、圓偏光板之順序積層。若於觸控感測器之視認側存在圓偏光板,則觸控感測器之圖案不易被視認,顯示圖像之視認性變得良好,故而較佳。各構件可使用接著劑、黏著劑等而積層。又,可具備形成於視窗膜、圓偏光板、觸控感測器之任一層之至少一面的遮光圖案。[Flexible display device] The present invention also provides a flexible display device equipped with the optical film of the present invention. The optical film of the present invention is preferably used as a front panel in a flexible display device, and the front panel is sometimes called a window film. The flexible display device includes a laminate for a flexible display device and an organic EL (Electroluminescence) display panel. With respect to the organic EL display panel, the laminate for a flexible display device is arranged on the visible side, and the structure is Can be bent. The laminate for a flexible display device may include the optical film (window film) of the present invention, a circular polarizing plate, and a touch sensor. The order of these layers is arbitrary, and it is preferable to follow the window film and the circle from the viewing side. The sequential stacking of polarizing plate, touch sensor or window film, touch sensor, and circular polarizing plate. If there is a circular polarizer on the viewing side of the touch sensor, the pattern of the touch sensor is not easily visible, and the visibility of the displayed image becomes better, which is better. Each member can be laminated using adhesives, adhesives, etc. In addition, it may be provided with a light-shielding pattern formed on at least one surface of any layer of the window film, the circular polarizer, and the touch sensor.

[偏光板] 本發明之可撓式顯示裝置可進而具備偏光板,較佳為圓偏光板。圓偏光板為具有如下功能之功能層:藉由在直線偏光板積層λ/4相位差板而僅使右圓偏振光或左圓偏振光成分透過。例如用於將外界光轉換成右圓偏振光並將於有機EL面板反射而成為左圓偏振光之外界光遮斷,僅使有機EL之發光成分透過,藉此抑制反射光之影響而使圖像易於看見。為了實現圓偏振光功能,直線偏光板之吸收軸與λ/4相位差板之遲相軸於理論上需要為45°,但實用上為45±10°。直線偏光板與λ/4相位差板不一定需要鄰接地積層,只要吸收軸與遲相軸之關係滿足上述範圍即可。較佳為於全波長實現完全之圓偏振光,但實用上不一定必須如此,因此本發明中之圓偏光板亦包含橢圓偏光板。亦較佳為於直線偏光板之視認側進而積層λ/4相位差膜,使出射光成為圓偏振光,藉此提高佩戴偏光太陽鏡之狀態下之視認性。[Polarizer] The flexible display device of the present invention may further include a polarizing plate, preferably a circular polarizing plate. The circular polarizing plate is a functional layer having the function of laminating a λ/4 retardation plate on the linear polarizing plate to transmit only the right circularly polarized light or the left circularly polarized light component. For example, it is used to convert external light into right circularly polarized light and reflect it on the organic EL panel to become left circularly polarized light. The image is easy to see. In order to realize the circularly polarized light function, the absorption axis of the linear polarizer and the retardation axis of the λ/4 retardation plate need to be 45° in theory, but 45±10° in practice. The linear polarizing plate and the λ/4 retardation plate do not necessarily need to be laminated adjacently, as long as the relationship between the absorption axis and the slow axis satisfies the above range. It is preferable to realize complete circularly polarized light at the full wavelength, but this is not necessary in practice. Therefore, the circular polarizing plate in the present invention also includes an elliptical polarizing plate. It is also preferable to laminate a λ/4 retardation film on the visibility side of the linear polarizer to make the emitted light circularly polarized light, thereby improving the visibility when wearing polarized sunglasses.

直線偏光板為具有如下功能之功能層:讓於透射軸方向上振動之光通過,而遮斷與其垂直之振動成分之偏振光。上述直線偏光板可為單獨之直線偏光元件,或具備直線偏光元件及貼附於其至少一面之保護膜之構成。上述直線偏光板之厚度可為200 μm以下,較佳為0.5~100 μm。若直線偏光板之厚度處於上述範圍,則有柔軟性不易下降之傾向。The linear polarizer is a functional layer that has the function of passing light that vibrates in the direction of the transmission axis, and blocking the polarized light of the vibration component perpendicular to it. The above-mentioned linear polarizing plate may be a single linear polarizing element, or a composition having a linear polarizing element and a protective film attached to at least one side of the linear polarizing element. The thickness of the linear polarizer may be 200 μm or less, preferably 0.5-100 μm. If the thickness of the linear polarizing plate is in the above range, the flexibility tends to be less likely to decrease.

上述直線偏光元件可為藉由對聚乙烯醇(以下,亦稱為「PVA」)系膜進行染色、延伸而製造之膜型偏光元件。藉由在利用延伸而配向之PVA系膜上吸附碘等二色性色素,或在吸附於PVA之狀態下進行延伸而使二色性色素配向,發揮偏光性能。於上述膜型偏光元件之製造中,除此以外,亦可具有膨潤、利用硼酸之交聯、利用水溶液之洗浄、乾燥等步驟。延伸、染色步驟能以單獨之PVA系膜進行,亦可於與如聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯之類的其他膜積層之狀態下進行。所使用之PVA系膜之厚度較佳為10~100 μm,延伸倍率較佳為2~10倍。The linear polarizing element may be a film-type polarizing element manufactured by dyeing and stretching a polyvinyl alcohol (hereinafter, also referred to as "PVA") film. Dichroic pigments such as iodine are adsorbed on the PVA-based film aligned by stretching, or the dichroic pigments are aligned while being adsorbed on PVA, and the polarization performance is exerted. In the production of the above-mentioned film-type polarizing element, in addition to this, it may also have steps such as swelling, cross-linking with boric acid, washing with aqueous solution, and drying. The stretching and dyeing steps can be carried out with a separate PVA-based film, or in the state of being laminated with other films such as polyethylene terephthalate. The thickness of the PVA-based film used is preferably 10-100 μm, and the stretching ratio is preferably 2-10 times.

進而,作為上述偏光元件之其他一例,可舉出塗佈液晶偏光組合物而形成之液晶塗佈型偏光元件。上述液晶偏光組合物可含有液晶性化合物及二色性色素化合物。上述液晶性化合物只要具有呈現液晶狀態之性質即可,尤其若具有層列相等高次之配向狀態,則可發揮較高之偏光性能,故而較佳。又,液晶性化合物亦較佳為具有聚合性官能基。 上述二色性色素係與上述液晶化合物一起配向而呈現二色性之色素,可具有聚合性官能基,又,二色性色素本身可具有液晶性。液晶偏光組合物中之任一化合物具有聚合性官能基。Furthermore, as another example of the above-mentioned polarizing element, a liquid crystal coating type polarizing element formed by applying a liquid crystal polarizing composition can be cited. The above-mentioned liquid crystal polarizing composition may contain a liquid crystal compound and a dichroic dye compound. The above-mentioned liquid crystalline compound only needs to have the property of exhibiting a liquid crystal state. In particular, if it has an alignment state of the same order as the smectic sequence, it can exhibit higher polarization performance, so it is preferred. Moreover, it is also preferable that the liquid crystal compound has a polymerizable functional group. The dichroic dye is a dye that is aligned together with the liquid crystal compound to exhibit dichroism, and may have a polymerizable functional group, and the dichroic dye itself may have liquid crystallinity. Any compound in the liquid crystal polarizing composition has a polymerizable functional group.

上述液晶偏光組合物可進而含有起始劑、溶劑、分散劑、調平劑、穩定劑、界面活性劑、交聯劑、矽烷偶合劑等。The above-mentioned liquid crystal polarizing composition may further contain an initiator, a solvent, a dispersant, a leveling agent, a stabilizer, a surfactant, a crosslinking agent, a silane coupling agent, and the like.

上述液晶偏光層係以如下方式製造:於配向膜上塗佈液晶偏光組合物而形成液晶偏光層。液晶偏光層可使厚度較膜型偏光元件薄地形成。上述液晶偏光層之厚度較佳為0.5~10 μm,更佳為1~5 μm。The above-mentioned liquid crystal polarizing layer is manufactured by coating a liquid crystal polarizing composition on an alignment film to form a liquid crystal polarizing layer. The liquid crystal polarizing layer can be formed thinner than the film-type polarizing element. The thickness of the above-mentioned liquid crystal polarizing layer is preferably 0.5-10 μm, more preferably 1-5 μm.

上述配向膜例如可藉由如下方式製造:於基材上塗佈配向膜形成組合物,且藉由摩擦、偏光照射等而賦予配向性。上述配向膜形成組合物除配向劑以外,亦可含有溶劑、交聯劑、起始劑、分散劑、調平劑、矽烷偶合劑等。作為上述配向劑,例如可舉出:聚乙烯醇類、聚丙烯酸酯類、聚醯胺酸類、聚醯亞胺類。於應用光配向之情形時較佳為使用含有肉桂酸酯基之配向劑。作為上述配向劑使用之高分子之重量平均分子量例如可為10,000~1,000,000左右。就配向限制力之觀點而言,上述配向膜之厚度較佳為5~10,000 nm,更佳為10~500 nm。The above-mentioned alignment film can be manufactured, for example, by coating an alignment film forming composition on a substrate, and imparting alignment properties by rubbing, polarized light irradiation, or the like. In addition to the alignment agent, the aforementioned alignment film forming composition may also contain a solvent, a crosslinking agent, an initiator, a dispersant, a leveling agent, a silane coupling agent, and the like. Examples of the alignment agent include polyvinyl alcohols, polyacrylates, polyamides, and polyimines. In the case of applying optical alignment, it is preferable to use an alignment agent containing a cinnamate group. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer used as the above-mentioned alignment agent can be, for example, about 10,000 to 1,000,000. From the viewpoint of the alignment restriction force, the thickness of the alignment film is preferably 5 to 10,000 nm, and more preferably 10 to 500 nm.

上述液晶偏光層可自基材剝離並進行轉印而積層,亦可將上述基材直接積層。上述基材亦較佳為發揮作為保護膜、相位差板、視窗膜之透明基材之作用。The liquid crystal polarizing layer may be peeled from the base material and transferred to be laminated, or the base material may be directly laminated. The above-mentioned base material also preferably functions as a transparent base material for protective films, phase difference plates, and window films.

作為上述保護膜,只要為透明之高分子膜即可,具體而言,作為所使用之高分子膜,可舉出:聚乙烯、聚丙烯、聚甲基戊烯、降𦯉烯或具有含有環烯烴之單體單元之環烯烴系衍生物等聚烯烴類;二乙醯纖維素、三乙醯纖維素、丙醯纖維素等(改性)纖維素類;甲基丙烯酸甲酯(共)聚合物等丙烯酸類;苯乙烯(共)聚合物等聚苯乙烯類;丙烯腈-丁二烯-苯乙烯共聚物類;丙烯腈-苯乙烯共聚物類;乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物類;聚氯乙烯類;聚偏二氯乙烯類;聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯、聚碳酸酯、聚芳酯等聚酯類;尼龍等聚醯胺類;聚醯亞胺類;聚醯胺醯亞胺類;聚醚醯亞胺類;聚醚碸類;聚碸類;聚乙烯醇類;聚乙烯醇縮醛類;聚胺基甲酸酯類;環氧樹脂類等之膜;就透明性及耐熱性優異之方面而言,較佳可舉出:聚醯胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺、聚酯、烯烴、丙烯酸或纖維素系之膜。該等高分子可分別單獨使用或混合2種以上而使用。該等膜係保持未延伸之狀態或作為經過單軸或雙軸延伸之膜而使用。較佳為纖維素系膜、烯烴系膜、丙烯酸膜、聚酯系膜。亦可為塗佈環氧樹脂等陽離子硬化組合物或丙烯酸酯等自由基硬化組合物並進行硬化而獲得之塗佈型之保護膜。視需要亦可含有塑化劑、紫外線吸收劑、紅外線吸收劑、如顏料或染料之類的著色劑、螢光增白劑、分散劑、熱穩定劑、光穩定劑、抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、潤滑劑、溶劑等。上述保護膜之厚度較佳為200 μm以下,更佳為1~100 μm。若上述保護膜之厚度處於上述範圍,則保護膜之柔軟性不易下降。As the above-mentioned protective film, as long as it is a transparent polymer film, specifically, as the polymer film to be used, there may be mentioned: polyethylene, polypropylene, polymethylpentene, norene or having a ring-containing Polyolefins such as cycloolefin derivatives of olefin monomer units; (modified) celluloses such as diacetyl cellulose, triacetyl cellulose, propylene cellulose, etc.; methyl methacrylate (co)polymerization Acrylics such as materials; polystyrenes such as styrene (co)polymers; acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymers; acrylonitrile-styrene copolymers; ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers; poly Vinyl chloride; polyvinylidene chloride; polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polycarbonate, polyarylate and other polyesters; nylon Polyamides; Polyimines; Polyimides; Polyetherimines; Polyethers; Polyvinyls; Polyvinyl alcohols; Polyvinyl acetals; Polyamines Carbamates; epoxy resins and other films; in terms of excellent transparency and heat resistance, preferred examples include: polyamide, polyimide, polyimide, polyester, Olefin, acrylic or cellulosic film. These polymers can be used individually or in mixture of two or more types. These films are kept in an unstretched state or used as films that have been stretched uniaxially or biaxially. Preferably, it is a cellulose-based film, an olefin-based film, an acrylic film, and a polyester-based film. It can also be a coating type protective film obtained by coating and curing a cationic curing composition such as epoxy resin or a radical curing composition such as acrylate. If necessary, it can also contain plasticizers, ultraviolet absorbers, infrared absorbers, coloring agents such as pigments or dyes, fluorescent brighteners, dispersants, heat stabilizers, light stabilizers, antistatic agents, and antioxidants , Lubricants, solvents, etc. The thickness of the protective film is preferably 200 μm or less, more preferably 1-100 μm. If the thickness of the protective film is in the above range, the flexibility of the protective film will not easily decrease.

上述λ/4相位差板係於與入射光之行進方向正交之方向,即膜之面內方向上賦予λ/4之相位差之膜。上述λ/4相位差板可為藉由使纖維素系膜、烯烴系膜、聚碳酸酯系膜等高分子膜延伸而製造之延伸型相位差板。上述λ/4相位差板視需要亦可含有相位差調整劑、塑化劑、紫外線吸收劑、紅外線吸收劑、如顏料或染料之類的著色劑、螢光增白劑、分散劑、熱穩定劑、光穩定劑、抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、潤滑劑、溶劑等。上述延伸型相位差板之厚度較佳為200 μm以下,更佳為1~100 μm。若厚度處於上述範圍,則有膜之柔軟性不易下降之傾向。The above-mentioned λ/4 retardation plate is a film that provides a λ/4 retardation in the direction orthogonal to the traveling direction of the incident light, that is, the in-plane direction of the film. The above-mentioned λ/4 retardation plate may be a stretched retardation plate manufactured by stretching a polymer film such as a cellulose-based film, an olefin-based film, or a polycarbonate-based film. The above-mentioned λ/4 retardation plate may also contain retardation adjusters, plasticizers, ultraviolet absorbers, infrared absorbers, coloring agents such as pigments or dyes, fluorescent brighteners, dispersants, and heat stabilizers as needed. Agents, light stabilizers, antistatic agents, antioxidants, lubricants, solvents, etc. The thickness of the above-mentioned extended phase difference plate is preferably 200 μm or less, more preferably 1-100 μm. If the thickness is in the above range, the flexibility of the film tends not to decrease easily.

進而,作為上述λ/4相位差板之其他一例,可舉出塗佈液晶組合物而形成之液晶塗佈型相位差板。上述液晶組合物含有液晶性化合物,該液晶性化合物具有呈現向列型、膽固醇狀、層列型等液晶狀態之性質。液晶組合物中之包含液晶性化合物之任一化合物具有聚合性官能基。上述液晶組合物可進而含有起始劑、溶劑、分散劑、調平劑、穩定劑、界面活性劑、交聯劑、矽烷偶合劑等。上述液晶塗佈型相位差板可與關於上述液晶偏光層之記載同樣地藉由如下方式製造:於配向膜上塗佈液晶組合物並進行硬化而形成液晶相位差層。液晶塗佈型相位差板可使厚度較延伸型相位差板薄地形成。上述液晶偏光層之厚度較佳為0.5~10 μm,更佳為1~5 μm。上述液晶塗佈型相位差板可自基材剝離並進行轉印而積層,亦可將上述基材直接積層。上述基材亦較佳為發揮作為保護膜、相位差板、視窗膜之透明基材之作用。Furthermore, as another example of the above-mentioned λ/4 retardation plate, a liquid crystal coating type retardation plate formed by applying a liquid crystal composition can be cited. The above-mentioned liquid crystal composition contains a liquid crystalline compound, and the liquid crystalline compound has the property of exhibiting a liquid crystal state such as nematic, cholesteric, and smectic. Any compound containing a liquid crystal compound in the liquid crystal composition has a polymerizable functional group. The above-mentioned liquid crystal composition may further contain an initiator, a solvent, a dispersant, a leveling agent, a stabilizer, a surfactant, a crosslinking agent, a silane coupling agent, and the like. The liquid crystal coating type retardation plate can be manufactured by applying a liquid crystal composition on an alignment film and curing it to form a liquid crystal retardation layer in the same manner as the description of the liquid crystal polarizing layer. The liquid crystal coating type retardation plate can be formed thinner than the extension type retardation plate. The thickness of the above-mentioned liquid crystal polarizing layer is preferably 0.5-10 μm, more preferably 1-5 μm. The liquid crystal coating type retardation plate may be peeled from the base material and transferred and laminated, or the base material may be directly laminated. The above-mentioned base material also preferably functions as a transparent base material for protective films, phase difference plates, and window films.

通常,材料多是越為短波長,雙折射越大,越為長波長,雙折射越小。於此情形時,無法於整個可見光區域實現λ/4之相位差,因此多設計成如對於視感度較高之560 nm附近而成為λ/4之面內相位差,即較佳為100~180 nm,更佳為130~150 nm之面內相位差。就可使視認性良好之方面而言,較佳為使用具有與通常相反之雙折射率波長分散特性之材料之逆分散λ/4相位差板。作為此種材料,於延伸型相位差板之情形時亦較佳為使用日本專利特開2007-232873號公報等中記載者,於液晶塗佈型相位差板之情形時亦較佳為使用日本專利特開2010-30979號公報中記載者。Generally, the shorter the wavelength of the material, the greater the birefringence, and the longer the wavelength, the smaller the birefringence. In this case, the phase difference of λ/4 cannot be achieved in the entire visible light region, so it is often designed to become the in-plane phase difference of λ/4 such as near 560 nm where the visual sensitivity is relatively high, that is, it is preferably 100-180 nm, more preferably 130-150 nm in-plane phase difference. In terms of improving visibility, it is preferable to use a reverse dispersion λ/4 retardation plate of a material having a birefringence wavelength dispersion characteristic which is opposite to that of usual. As such a material, it is also preferable to use the one described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-232873 etc. in the case of an extended retardation plate, and it is also preferable to use Japan in the case of a liquid crystal coating type retardation plate. It is described in Patent Publication No. 2010-30979.

又,作為其他方法,亦已知有藉由與λ/2相位差板組合而獲得寬頻帶λ/4相位差板之技術(日本專利特開平10-90521號公報)。λ/2相位差板亦利用與λ/4相位差板同樣之材料及方法進行製造。延伸型相位差板與液晶塗佈型相位差板之組合可任意,但於任意情形時,就可使厚度變薄之方面而言,均較佳為使用液晶塗佈型相位差板。In addition, as another method, a technique of obtaining a wide-band λ/4 retardation plate by combining with a λ/2 retardation plate is also known (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-90521). The λ/2 retardation plate is also manufactured using the same materials and methods as the λ/4 retardation plate. The combination of the extension type retardation plate and the liquid crystal coating type retardation plate can be arbitrary, but in any case, it is preferable to use a liquid crystal coating type retardation plate in terms of making the thickness thinner.

亦已知有於上述圓偏光板積層正C板以提高斜方向之視認性之方法(日本專利特開2014-224837號公報)。正C板可為液晶塗佈型相位差板,亦可為延伸型相位差板。該相位差板之厚度方向之相位差較佳為-200~-20 nm,更佳為-140~-40 nm。There is also known a method of laminating a positive C plate on the above-mentioned circular polarizing plate to improve the visibility in the oblique direction (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-224837). The positive C plate can be a liquid crystal coating type retardation plate or an extended type retardation plate. The retardation in the thickness direction of the retardation plate is preferably -200 to -20 nm, more preferably -140 to -40 nm.

[觸控感測器] 本發明之可撓式顯示裝置可進而具備觸控感測器。觸控感測器作為輸入構件而使用。作為觸控感測器,提出有電阻膜方式、表面聲波方式、紅外線方式、電磁感應方式、靜電電容方式等各種樣式,可為任一方式,但較佳為靜電電容方式。靜電電容方式觸控感測器劃分為活性區域及位於上述活性區域之外廓部之非活性區域。活性區域係於顯示面板顯示畫面之區域即與顯示部對應之區域,且為感知使用者之觸摸之區域,非活性區域係於顯示裝置中不顯示畫面之區域即與非顯示部對應之區域。觸控感測器可包含:具有可撓特性之基板;形成於上述基板之活性區域之感知圖案;形成於上述基板之非活性區域,且用於將上述感知圖案經由焊墊部而與外部之驅動電路連接之各感測線。作為具有可撓特性之基板,可使用與上述高分子膜同樣之材料。關於觸控感測器之基板,就抑制觸控感測器之龜裂之方面而言,較佳為韌性為2,000 MPa%以上者。更佳為韌性可為2,000~30,000 MPa%。此處,靭性被定義為於經過高分子材料之拉伸實驗而獲得之應力(MPa)-應變(%)曲線(Stress-strain curve)中,到破壞點為止之曲線之下部面積。[Touch Sensor] The flexible display device of the present invention may further include a touch sensor. The touch sensor is used as an input member. As the touch sensor, various styles such as a resistive film method, a surface acoustic wave method, an infrared method, an electromagnetic induction method, and an electrostatic capacitance method are proposed. Any method may be used, but the electrostatic capacitance method is preferred. The capacitive touch sensor is divided into an active area and an inactive area located outside the active area. The active area is the area of the display panel that corresponds to the display portion, and is the area that perceives the user's touch. The inactive area is the area of the display device that does not display the picture, that is, the area corresponding to the non-display portion. The touch sensor may include: a substrate with flexible characteristics; a sensing pattern formed on the active area of the substrate; and a sensing pattern formed on the inactive area of the substrate, and used to connect the sensing pattern to the outside via a bonding pad. Each sensing line connected to the drive circuit. As a substrate having flexibility, the same material as the above-mentioned polymer film can be used. Regarding the substrate of the touch sensor, in terms of suppressing cracks of the touch sensor, it is preferably one with a toughness of 2,000 MPa% or more. More preferably, the toughness may be 2,000 to 30,000 MPa%. Here, toughness is defined as the area under the curve up to the point of failure in the stress-strain curve obtained through the tensile test of polymer materials.

上述感知圖案可具備形成於第1方向之第1圖案及形成於第2方向之第2圖案。第1圖案與第2圖案配置於互不相同之方向。第1圖案及第2圖案形成於同一層,為了感知被觸摸之點,各圖案必須電性連接。第1圖案係各單位圖案經由接頭而相互連接之形態,第2圖案係各單位圖案以島嶼形態相互分離之結構,因此為了將第2圖案電性連接,需要另外之橋接電極。作為用於將第2圖案電性連接之電極,可應用周知之透明電極原材料。作為該透明電極原材料,例如可舉出氧化銦錫(ITO)、氧化銦鋅(IZO)、氧化鋅(ZnO)、氧化銦鋅錫(IZTO)、氧化銦鎵(IGZO)、氧化鎘錫(CTO)、PEDOT(poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene)、聚(3,4-伸乙二氧基噻吩))、碳奈米管(CNT)、石墨烯、金屬線等,該等可單獨使用或混合2種以上而使用。作為該透明電極原材料,較佳可使用ITO。金屬線中所使用之金屬並無特別限定,例如可舉出銀、金、鋁、銅、鐵、鎳、鈦、硒、鉻等,該等可單獨使用或混合2種以上而使用。The aforementioned sensing pattern may include a first pattern formed in the first direction and a second pattern formed in the second direction. The first pattern and the second pattern are arranged in different directions. The first pattern and the second pattern are formed on the same layer. In order to sense the touched point, the patterns must be electrically connected. The first pattern is a form in which the unit patterns are connected to each other via a joint, and the second pattern is a structure in which the unit patterns are separated from each other in the form of islands. Therefore, in order to electrically connect the second pattern, an additional bridge electrode is required. As the electrode for electrically connecting the second pattern, a known transparent electrode material can be used. Examples of the transparent electrode material include indium tin oxide (ITO), indium zinc oxide (IZO), zinc oxide (ZnO), indium zinc tin oxide (IZTO), indium gallium oxide (IGZO), cadmium tin oxide (CTO) ), PEDOT (poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene), poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene)), carbon nanotube (CNT), graphene, metal wire, etc., these can be used alone or in combination Two or more kinds are used. As the transparent electrode raw material, ITO can be preferably used. The metal used in the metal wire is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include silver, gold, aluminum, copper, iron, nickel, titanium, selenium, chromium, etc., and these can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

橋接電極可於感知圖案上部隔著絕緣層而形成於上述絕緣層上部,於基板上形成有橋接電極,可於其上形成絕緣層及感知圖案。上述橋接電極可利用與感知圖案相同之原材料而形成,亦可利用鉬、銀、鋁、銅、鈀、金、鉑、鋅、錫、鈦或該等中之2種以上之合金等金屬而形成。第1圖案與第2圖案必須電氣絕緣,因此於感知圖案與橋接電極之間形成絕緣層。絕緣層可僅形成於第1圖案之接頭與橋接電極之間,亦可作為覆蓋感知圖案整體之層而形成。於作為覆蓋感知圖案整體之層而形成之情形時,橋接電極經由形成於絕緣層之接觸孔而將第2圖案連接。The bridging electrode may be formed on the upper part of the insulating layer via the insulating layer on the upper part of the sensing pattern, and the bridging electrode may be formed on the substrate, and the insulating layer and the sensing pattern may be formed on the bridging electrode. The above-mentioned bridge electrode can be formed by using the same raw material as the sensing pattern, or by using metals such as molybdenum, silver, aluminum, copper, palladium, gold, platinum, zinc, tin, titanium, or alloys of two or more of these . The first pattern and the second pattern must be electrically insulated, so an insulating layer is formed between the sensing pattern and the bridge electrode. The insulating layer may be formed only between the joints of the first pattern and the bridging electrodes, or may be formed as a layer covering the entire sensing pattern. When it is formed as a layer covering the entire sensing pattern, the bridge electrode connects the second pattern via the contact hole formed in the insulating layer.

上述觸控感測器可於基板與電極之間進而包含光學調節層作為如下構件,該構件用於恰當地補償形成有圖案之圖案區域與未形成圖案之非圖案區域間之透過率之差,具體而言為由該等區域中之折射率之差所誘發之透光率之差。上述光學調節層可含有無機絕緣物質或有機絕緣物質。光學調節層可將含有光硬化性有機黏合劑及溶劑之光硬化組合物塗佈於基板上而形成。上述光硬化組合物可進而含有無機粒子。藉由上述無機粒子,可使光學調節層之折射率上升。 上述光硬化性有機黏合劑例如可含有丙烯酸酯系單體、苯乙烯系單體、羧酸系單體等各單體之共聚物。上述光硬化性有機黏合劑例如可為含有含環氧基之重複單元、丙烯酸酯重複單元、羧酸重複單元等互不相同之各重複單元之共聚物。 作為上述無機粒子,例如可舉出:氧化鋯粒子、氧化鈦粒子、氧化鋁粒子等。上述光硬化組合物亦可進而含有光聚合起始劑、聚合性單體、硬化助劑等各添加劑。The above-mentioned touch sensor may further include an optical adjustment layer between the substrate and the electrode as a member for appropriately compensating the difference in transmittance between the patterned area with the pattern and the non-patterned area with no pattern, Specifically, it is the difference in light transmittance induced by the difference in refractive index in these regions. The above-mentioned optical adjustment layer may contain an inorganic insulating material or an organic insulating material. The optical adjustment layer can be formed by coating a photo-curing composition containing a photo-curing organic binder and a solvent on a substrate. The above-mentioned photocurable composition may further contain inorganic particles. The above-mentioned inorganic particles can increase the refractive index of the optical adjustment layer. The photocurable organic adhesive may contain, for example, copolymers of monomers such as acrylate-based monomers, styrene-based monomers, and carboxylic acid-based monomers. The photocurable organic adhesive may be, for example, a copolymer containing repeating units that are different from each other, such as epoxy-containing repeating units, acrylate repeating units, and carboxylic acid repeating units. Examples of the above-mentioned inorganic particles include zirconium oxide particles, titanium oxide particles, and aluminum oxide particles. The above-mentioned photocurable composition may further contain various additives such as a photopolymerization initiator, a polymerizable monomer, and a curing aid.

[接著層] 形成上述可撓式顯示裝置用積層體之視窗膜、偏光板、觸控感測器等各層、以及構成各層之直線偏光板、λ/4相位差板等膜構件可利用接著劑而接著。作為接著劑,可使用水系接著劑、有機溶劑系接著劑、無溶劑系接著劑、固體接著劑、溶劑揮散型接著劑、濕氣硬化型接著劑、加熱硬化型接著劑、厭氧硬化型接著劑、水系溶劑揮散型接著劑、活性能量線硬化型接著劑、硬化劑混合型接著劑、熱熔融型接著劑、感壓型接著劑、感壓型黏著劑、再濕型接著劑等通常使用者。其中,較佳使用水系溶劑揮散型接著劑、活性能量線硬化型接著劑、黏著劑。接著層之厚度可根據需要之接著力等而適當調節,較佳為0.01~500 μm,更佳為0.1~300 μm。上述可撓式圖像顯示裝置用積層體中可存在複數之接著層,各自之厚度及使用之接著劑之種類可相同亦可不同。[Next layer] The window film, polarizing plate, touch sensor and other layers forming the laminated body for the flexible display device, and the film members such as the linear polarizing plate and the λ/4 phase difference plate constituting each layer can be adhered with an adhesive. As the adhesive, water-based adhesives, organic solvent-based adhesives, solvent-free adhesives, solid adhesives, solvent-volatile adhesives, moisture-curing adhesives, heat-curing adhesives, and anaerobic-curing adhesives can be used. Adhesives, water-based solvent volatile adhesives, active energy ray hardening adhesives, hardener mixed adhesives, hot-melt adhesives, pressure-sensitive adhesives, pressure-sensitive adhesives, rewetting adhesives, etc. are usually used By. Among them, it is preferable to use an aqueous solvent volatile adhesive, an active energy ray hardening adhesive, and an adhesive. The thickness of the subsequent layer can be appropriately adjusted according to the required adhesive force, etc., and is preferably 0.01 to 500 μm, more preferably 0.1 to 300 μm. There may be a plurality of adhesive layers in the above-mentioned laminate for flexible image display devices, and their respective thicknesses and types of adhesives used may be the same or different.

作為上述水系溶劑揮散型接著劑,可使用聚乙烯醇系聚合物、澱粉等水溶性聚合物,乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯系乳液、苯乙烯-丁二烯系乳液等水分散狀態之聚合物作為主劑聚合物。除水、上述主劑聚合物以外,亦可調配交聯劑、矽烷系化合物、離子性化合物、交聯觸媒、抗氧化劑、染料、顏料、無機填料、有機溶劑等。於利用上述水系溶劑揮散型接著劑進行接著之情形時,可藉由將上述水系溶劑揮散型接著劑注入被接著層間而將被接著層貼合之後使其乾燥而賦予接著性。使用上述水系溶劑揮散型接著劑之情形時之接著層之厚度為0.01~10 μm,較佳可為0.1~1 μm。於將上述水系溶劑揮散型接著劑用於複數層之形成之情形時,各層之厚度及上述接著劑之種類可相同亦可不同。As the above-mentioned water-based solvent-volatile adhesive, water-soluble polymers such as polyvinyl alcohol-based polymers and starches, and water-dispersed polymers such as ethylene-vinyl acetate emulsions and styrene-butadiene emulsions can be used as the main components. Agent polymer. In addition to water and the above-mentioned main agent polymer, crosslinking agents, silane-based compounds, ionic compounds, crosslinking catalysts, antioxidants, dyes, pigments, inorganic fillers, organic solvents, etc. can also be formulated. In the case of bonding using the water-based solvent-volatile adhesive, the water-based solvent-volatile adhesive may be injected between the bonded layers to bond the bonded layers and then dry them to impart adhesiveness. In the case of using the above-mentioned water-based solvent-volatile adhesive, the thickness of the adhesive layer is 0.01-10 μm, preferably 0.1-1 μm. When the above-mentioned water-based solvent-volatile adhesive is used for the formation of multiple layers, the thickness of each layer and the type of the above-mentioned adhesive may be the same or different.

上述活性能量線硬化型接著劑可藉由活性能量線硬化組合物之硬化而形成,該活性能量線硬化組合物含有照射活性能量線而形成接著劑層之反應性材料。上述活性能量線硬化組合物可含有與關於硬塗組合物所記載之化合物同樣之自由基聚合性化合物及陽離子聚合性化合物之至少一種聚合物。作為上述自由基聚合性化合物,可使用與關於硬塗組合物所記載之化合物同樣之種類。作為接著層中所使用之自由基聚合性化合物,較佳為具有丙烯醯基之化合物。為了降低作為接著劑組合物之黏度,亦較佳為該組合物含有單官能之化合物。The active energy ray curable adhesive can be formed by curing an active energy ray curable composition containing a reactive material for irradiating active energy rays to form an adhesive layer. The active energy ray hardening composition may contain at least one polymer of a radical polymerizable compound and a cation polymerizable compound similar to the compound described in the hard coat composition. As the above-mentioned radically polymerizable compound, the same type as the compound described in the hard coat composition can be used. The radically polymerizable compound used in the adhesive layer is preferably a compound having an acryl group. In order to reduce the viscosity of the adhesive composition, it is also preferable that the composition contains a monofunctional compound.

作為上述陽離子聚合性化合物,可使用與關於硬塗組合物所記載之化合物同樣之種類。作為活性能量線硬化組合物中所使用之陽離子聚合性化合物,更佳為環氧化合物。為了降低接著劑組合物之黏度,亦較佳為該組合物含有單官能之化合物作為反應性稀釋劑。As the above-mentioned cationically polymerizable compound, the same type as the compound described in the hard coat composition can be used. The cationic polymerizable compound used in the active energy ray curing composition is more preferably an epoxy compound. In order to reduce the viscosity of the adhesive composition, it is also preferable that the composition contains a monofunctional compound as a reactive diluent.

活性能量線組合物可進而含有聚合起始劑。作為聚合起始劑,可舉出自由基聚合起始劑、陽離子聚合起始劑、自由基及陽離子聚合起始劑等,該等可適當選擇而使用。該等聚合起始劑藉由活性能量線照射及加熱之至少一種而分解,產生自由基或陽離子而使自由基聚合與陽離子聚合進行。可使用硬塗組合物之記載中可藉由活性能量線照射而開始自由基聚合或陽離子聚合中之至少任一種之起始劑。The active energy ray composition may further contain a polymerization initiator. As a polymerization initiator, a radical polymerization initiator, a cationic polymerization initiator, a radical and a cationic polymerization initiator, etc. are mentioned, These can be selected suitably and used. The polymerization initiators are decomposed by at least one of active energy ray irradiation and heating to generate free radicals or cations to allow radical polymerization and cationic polymerization to proceed. In the description of the hard coating composition, an initiator that can start at least one of radical polymerization and cationic polymerization by active energy ray irradiation can be used.

上述活性能量線硬化組合物可進而含有離子捕捉劑、抗氧化劑、鏈轉移劑、密接賦予劑、熱塑性樹脂、填充劑、流動黏度調整劑、塑化劑、消泡劑溶劑、添加劑、溶劑。於利用上述活性能量線硬化型接著劑將2個被接著層接著之情形時,可藉由如下方式進行接著:將上述活性能量線硬化組合物塗佈於被接著層之任一者或兩者後進行貼合,隔著任一被接著層或兩被接著層照射活性能量線,而使該組合物硬化。使用上述活性能量線硬化型接著劑之情形時之接著層之厚度較佳為0.01~20 μm,更佳為0.1~10 μm。於將上述活性能量線硬化型接著劑用於複數層之形成之情形時,各層之厚度及使用之接著劑之種類可相同亦可不同。The active energy ray hardening composition may further contain ion scavengers, antioxidants, chain transfer agents, adhesion imparting agents, thermoplastic resins, fillers, flow viscosity modifiers, plasticizers, defoamer solvents, additives, and solvents. When using the active energy ray curable adhesive to bond two adhesive layers together, the bonding can be performed by applying the active energy ray curable composition to either or both of the adhesive layers After that, bonding is performed, and active energy rays are irradiated through either or both of the bonded layers to harden the composition. In the case of using the active energy ray-curable adhesive, the thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably 0.01-20 μm, more preferably 0.1-10 μm. When the active energy ray-curable adhesive is used for the formation of multiple layers, the thickness of each layer and the type of adhesive used may be the same or different.

作為上述黏著劑,根據主劑聚合物而被分類為丙烯酸系黏著劑、胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑、橡膠系黏著劑、矽酮系黏著劑等,可使用該等之任一種。黏著劑中除主劑聚合物以外,亦可調配交聯劑、矽烷系化合物、離子性化合物、交聯觸媒、抗氧化劑、黏著賦予劑、塑化劑、染料、顏料、無機填料等。將構成上述黏著劑之各成分溶解、分散於溶劑中而獲得黏著劑組合物,將該黏著劑組合物塗佈於基材上之後使其乾燥,藉此形成黏著層(接著層)。黏著層可直接形成,亦可轉印另外形成於基材者。為了保護接著前之黏著面,亦較佳為使用脫模膜。使用上述黏著劑之情形時之接著層之厚度較佳為1~500 μm,更佳為2~300 μm。於將上述黏著劑用於複數層之形成之情形時,各層之厚度及使用之黏著劑之種類可相同亦可不同。The above-mentioned adhesives are classified into acrylic adhesives, urethane-based adhesives, rubber-based adhesives, silicone-based adhesives, etc. according to the main agent polymer, and any of these can be used. In addition to the main agent polymer, the adhesive can also be blended with crosslinking agents, silane-based compounds, ionic compounds, crosslinking catalysts, antioxidants, adhesion imparting agents, plasticizers, dyes, pigments, inorganic fillers, etc. Each component constituting the adhesive is dissolved and dispersed in a solvent to obtain an adhesive composition, and the adhesive composition is applied on a substrate and then dried to form an adhesive layer (adhesive layer). The adhesive layer can be directly formed, or it can be transferred to a substrate formed separately. In order to protect the adhesive surface before bonding, it is also preferable to use a release film. In the case of using the aforementioned adhesive, the thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably 1 to 500 μm, more preferably 2 to 300 μm. When the above-mentioned adhesive is used for the formation of multiple layers, the thickness of each layer and the type of adhesive used may be the same or different.

[遮光圖案] 上述遮光圖案可作為上述可撓式圖像顯示裝置之邊框或殼體之至少一部分來應用。利用遮光圖案隱藏配置於上述可撓式圖像顯示裝置之邊緣部之配線使其不易被視認,藉此圖像之視認性提高。上述遮光圖案可為單層或複數層之形態。遮光圖案之顏色並無特別限制,可具有黑色、白色、金屬色等各種顏色。遮光圖案可藉由用於呈現顏色之顏料、及丙烯酸系樹脂、酯系樹脂、環氧系樹脂、聚胺基甲酸酯、矽酮等高分子而形成。該等可單獨使用或以2種以上之混合物使用。上述遮光圖案可利用印刷、微影術、噴墨等各種方法而形成。遮光圖案之厚度較佳為1~100 μm,更佳為2~50 μm。又,亦較佳為對遮光圖案之厚度方向賦予傾斜等形狀。 [實施例][Shading Pattern] The above-mentioned light-shielding pattern can be applied as at least a part of the frame or housing of the above-mentioned flexible image display device. The light-shielding pattern hides the wiring arranged at the edge of the flexible image display device to make it difficult to be seen, thereby improving the visibility of the image. The above-mentioned light-shielding pattern may be in the form of a single layer or multiple layers. The color of the shading pattern is not particularly limited, and can have various colors such as black, white, and metallic. The light-shielding pattern can be formed by pigments used to present colors, and polymers such as acrylic resins, ester resins, epoxy resins, polyurethanes, and silicones. These can be used alone or in a mixture of two or more kinds. The above-mentioned light-shielding pattern can be formed by various methods such as printing, lithography, and inkjet. The thickness of the light-shielding pattern is preferably 1-100 μm, more preferably 2-50 μm. Moreover, it is also preferable to give a shape such as an inclination to the thickness direction of the light-shielding pattern. [Example]

以下,利用實施例更詳細地說明本發明。例中之「%」及「份」只要無特別記載,則表示質量%及質量份。首先,對評估方法進行說明。Hereinafter, the present invention will be explained in more detail using examples. The "%" and "parts" in the examples indicate mass% and mass parts as long as there is no special record. First, the evaluation method is explained.

<全光線透過率之測定> 光學膜之全光線透過率(Tt)係依據JIS K 7105:1981,利用Suga Test Instruments股份有限公司製造之全自動直讀霧度計HGM-2DP進行測定。<Measurement of total light transmittance> The total light transmittance (Tt) of the optical film is measured in accordance with JIS K 7105:1981, using the automatic direct reading haze meter HGM-2DP manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd.

<霧度> 依據JIS K 7136:2000,將實施例及比較例中獲得之光學膜切成30 mm×30 mm之大小,使用霧度計(Suga Test Instruments股份有限公司製造,「HGM-2DP」)測定霧度(%)。<Haze> According to JIS K 7136: 2000, the optical films obtained in the examples and comparative examples were cut into a size of 30 mm×30 mm, and the haze was measured using a haze meter (manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd., "HGM-2DP") (%).

<YI值> 依據JIS K 7373:2006,使用日本分光股份有限公司製造之紫外-可見-近紅外分光光度計「V-670」測定光學膜之YI值(Yellow Index)。於無樣品之狀態下進行背景測定之後,將光學膜設置於樣品保持器,進行相對於300~800 nm之光之透過率測定,求出三刺激值(X,Y,Z),並基於下述式算出YI值。 YI=100×(1.2769X-1.0592Z)/Y<YI value> According to JIS K 7373: 2006, the YI value (Yellow Index) of the optical film is measured using the UV-Vis-NIR spectrophotometer "V-670" manufactured by JASCO Corporation. After the background measurement is performed without the sample, the optical film is set in the sample holder, and the transmittance of light from 300 to 800 nm is measured to obtain the tristimulus value (X, Y, Z), and based on the following The formula calculates the YI value. YI=100×(1.2769X-1.0592Z)/Y

<重量平均分子量之測定> 凝膠滲透層析儀(GPC)測定 (1)預處理方法 以濃度成為2 mg/mL之方式對聚醯胺醯亞胺膜添加DMF洗提液(10 mmol/L溴化鋰溶液),於80℃花費30分鐘一面攪拌一面加熱,進行冷卻後,將經0.45 μm之膜濾器過濾者作為測定溶液。 (2)測定條件 管柱:Tosoh股份有限公司製造之TSKgel α-2500((7)7.8 mm直徑×300 mm)×1根,α-M((13)7.8 mm直徑×300 mm)×2根 洗提液:DMF(添加有10 mmol/L之溴化鋰) 流量:1.0 mL/min 檢測器:RI檢測器 管柱溫度:40℃ 注入量:100 μL 分子量標準:標準聚苯乙烯<Determination of weight average molecular weight> Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC) determination (1) Pretreatment method Add DMF eluent (10 mmol/L lithium bromide solution) to the polyimide imide membrane so that the concentration becomes 2 mg/mL, and heat it while stirring at 80°C for 30 minutes. After cooling, it will pass through 0.45 μm. The membrane filter is used as the measurement solution. (2) Measurement conditions Column: TSKgel α-2500 ((7) 7.8 mm diameter × 300 mm) × 1 piece, α-M ((13) 7.8 mm diameter × 300 mm) × 2 pieces manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd. Eluent: DMF (addition of 10 mmol/L lithium bromide) Flow rate: 1.0 mL/min Detector: RI detector Column temperature: 40℃ Injection volume: 100 μL Molecular weight standard: standard polystyrene

<厚度之測定> 光學膜之厚度係使用絕對原點型數顯千分錶(Absolute Digimatic Indicator)(Mitutoyo股份有限公司製造,「ID-C112BS」)進行測定。<Measurement of thickness> The thickness of the optical film is measured using an Absolute Digimatic Indicator (manufactured by Mitutoyo Co., Ltd., "ID-C112BS").

<拉伸彈性模數> 使用島津製作所股份有限公司製造之「Autograph AG-IS」,測定實施例及比較例中獲得之光學膜於溫度25℃、相對濕度50%下之彈性模數。更詳細而言,製作縱橫寬度為10 mm之膜,於夾盤間距50 mm,拉伸速度10 mm/min之條件下測定應力-應變曲線(S-S曲線),根據其斜率算出彈性模數。<Tensile modulus of elasticity> The "Autograph AG-IS" manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation was used to measure the elastic modulus of the optical films obtained in the examples and comparative examples at a temperature of 25° C. and a relative humidity of 50%. In more detail, a film with a vertical and horizontal width of 10 mm was produced, and the stress-strain curve (S-S curve) was measured under the conditions of a chuck spacing of 50 mm and a stretching speed of 10 mm/min, and the elastic modulus was calculated from its slope.

<R0 及Rth > 將所得之光學膜切成縱橫10 cm見方,使用大塚電子股份有限公司製造之相位差膜・光學材料檢查裝置 RETS-100而算出面內相位差(R0 )及厚度方向之相位差(Rth )。<R 0 and R th > The obtained optical film was cut into 10 cm squares in vertical and horizontal directions, and the in-plane phase difference (R 0 ) and thickness were calculated using the phase difference film and optical material inspection device RETS-100 manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd. The phase difference of the direction (R th ).

<光學膜之透射圖像清晰度值之測定> 依據JIS K 7345,使用圖像清晰度值測定器(Suga Test Instruments股份有限公司製造之「ICM-1」),以如下方式利用透過法測定光學膜之透射圖像清晰度值。 將光學膜設置於圖像清晰度值測定器。該光學膜係以如下狀態設置,即,於設置前利用乙醇輕拭兩面並使其乾燥而自表面去除異物。然後,調整光量及截面面積,將調整成平行光之白色光自相對於光學膜平面向MD方向傾斜60°之角度(入射角)照射至設置之光學膜。對於透過光學膜之透過光調整截面面積後使其透過與照射光之光軸垂直地延伸之光梳,利用受光器接受透過光梳之光。 重複使光梳(狹縫寬度:0.125 mm)沿與光梳之平面平行且為光梳中之狹縫排列之方向以規定之單位幅度移動而接受光梳之透過光。其結果,獲得受光波形。自所得之受光波形獲得相對光量之最大值M及最小值m。基於數式(7),由所得之M及m算出第1透射圖像清晰度值C60 (MD)。<Measurement of the clarity value of the transmission image of an optical film> According to JIS K 7345, using an image clarity value measuring device ("ICM-1" manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd.), the optical film was measured by the transmission method as follows The clarity value of the transmission image of the film. Set the optical film to the image clarity value measuring device. The optical film is installed in a state where both sides are lightly wiped with ethanol and dried to remove foreign matter from the surface before installation. Then, the amount of light and the cross-sectional area are adjusted, and the white light adjusted to be parallel light is irradiated to the installed optical film from an angle (incident angle) inclined at 60° to the MD direction with respect to the optical film plane. The cross-sectional area of the transmitted light that passes through the optical film is adjusted to pass the comb that extends perpendicular to the optical axis of the irradiated light, and the light that passes through the comb is received by a light receiver. Repeatedly move the optical comb (slit width: 0.125 mm) along the plane parallel to the plane of the optical comb and the direction in which the slits in the optical comb are arranged with a prescribed unit amplitude to receive the transmitted light of the optical comb. As a result, the received light waveform is obtained. Obtain the maximum value M and the minimum value m of the relative light intensity from the received light waveform. Based on the equation (7), the first transmission image sharpness value C 60 (MD) is calculated from the obtained M and m.

除了將入射角變更為自相對於光學膜平面垂直之方向朝TD方向傾斜60°之角度、及相對於光學膜平面垂直之角度(傾斜0°之角度)以外,以與第1透射圖像清晰度值同樣之方式分別算出第2透射圖像清晰度值C60 (TD)及第3透射圖像清晰度值C0In addition to changing the incident angle to an angle of 60° from the direction perpendicular to the optical film plane to the TD direction, and an angle perpendicular to the optical film plane (angle of 0° inclination), the first transmission image is clear In the same way as the degree value, the second transmission image clarity value C 60 (TD) and the third transmission image clarity value C 0 are respectively calculated.

<醯亞胺化率> 醯亞胺化率係藉由1 H-NMR測定以如下方式求出。 (1)預處理方法 使含有聚醯亞胺系樹脂之光學膜溶解於氘代二甲基亞碸(DMSO-d6 )中製成2質量%溶液來作為測定試樣。 (2)測定條件 測定裝置:JEOL製造之400 MHz NMR裝置 JNM-ECZ400S/L1 標準物質:DMSO-d6 (2.5 ppm) 試樣溫度:室溫 累計次數:256次 緩和時間:5秒 (3)醯亞胺化率解析方法 (聚醯亞胺樹脂之醯亞胺化率) 於利用含有聚醯亞胺樹脂之測定試樣所得之1 H-NMR光譜中,將觀測到之苯質子中源自在醯亞胺化前後無變化之結構之苯質子A的積分值作為IntA 。又,將觀測到之源自聚醯亞胺樹脂中殘存之醯胺酸結構之醯胺質子的積分值作為IntB 。基於以下之式,由該等積分值求出聚醯亞胺樹脂之醯亞胺化率。 醯亞胺化率(%)=100×(1-IntB /IntA )<The rate of imidization> The rate of imidization is determined by 1 H-NMR measurement as follows. (1) Pretreatment method Dissolve an optical film containing a polyimide-based resin in deuterated dimethyl sulfide (DMSO-d 6 ) to prepare a 2% by mass solution as a measurement sample. (2) Measuring condition measuring device: 400 MHz NMR device JNM-ECZ400S/L1 manufactured by JEOL Standard material: DMSO-d 6 (2.5 ppm) Sample temperature: Room temperature Cumulative times: 256 times Relaxation time: 5 seconds (3) The analysis method of the imidization rate (the imidization rate of the polyimide resin) In the 1 H-NMR spectrum obtained from the measurement sample containing the polyimide resin, the observed benzene protons are derived from The integral value of the benzene proton A of the unchanged structure before and after the imidization is taken as Int A. In addition, the integral value of the observed protons of amide derived from the amide acid structure remaining in the polyimide resin was taken as Int B. Based on the following formula, the imidization rate of the polyimide resin is obtained from these integral values. The imidization rate (%)=100×(1-Int B /Int A )

(聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂之醯亞胺化率) 於利用含有聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂之測定試樣所得之1 H-NMR光譜中,將觀測到之苯質子中之苯質子C之積分值作為IntC ,該苯質子C源自在醯亞胺化前後無變化之結構,且不會受到源自聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂中殘存之醯胺酸結構之結構的影響。又,將觀測到之苯質子中之苯質子D之積分值作為IntD ,該苯質子D源自在醯亞胺化前後無變化之結構,且不會受到源自聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂中殘存之醯胺酸結構之結構的影響。利用以下之式,由所得之IntC 及IntD 求出β值。 β=IntD /IntC 然後,針對複數個聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂求出上述式之β值及上述式之聚醯亞胺樹脂之醯亞胺化率,根據該等結果獲得以下之關係式。 醯亞胺化率(%)=k×β+100 上述關係式中,k為常數。 將β代入關係式而獲得聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂之醯亞胺化率(%)。 (The imidization rate of polyimide resin) In the 1 H-NMR spectrum obtained using a measurement sample containing polyimide resin, the ratio of the benzene proton C among the observed benzene protons The integral value is taken as Int C. The benzene proton C is derived from a structure that does not change before and after the imidization, and is not affected by the structure derived from the residual acid structure in the polyimide resin. In addition, the integral value of the benzene proton D in the observed benzene protons is taken as Int D. The benzene proton D is derived from a structure that does not change before and after the imidization, and will not be affected by the polyimide resin. The influence of the structure of the remaining amide acid structure. Use the following formula to find the β value from the obtained Int C and Int D. β=Int D /Int C Then, for a plurality of polyimide resins, the β value of the above formula and the imidization rate of the above formula of the polyimide resin are calculated, and the following relationship is obtained based on the results Mode. The imidization rate (%)=k×β+100 In the above relational formula, k is a constant. Substituting β into the relational formula to obtain the imidization rate (%) of the polyimide resin.

<清漆之黏度> 依據JIS K 8803:2011,使用Brookfield公司製造之E型黏度計DV-II+Pro進行測定。測定溫度設為25℃。<Viscosity of varnish> According to JIS K 8803:2011, the measurement was carried out using the E-type viscometer DV-II+Pro manufactured by Brookfield Company. The measurement temperature was set to 25°C.

<耐彎曲性試驗> 對於光學膜,依據JIS K 5600-5-1實施耐彎曲性試驗。耐彎曲性試驗係使用小型桌上彎曲性試驗機(YUASA SYSTEM股份有限公司製造)而實施。對於耐彎曲性試驗後之光學膜,以與上述測定方法同樣之方式分別測定透射圖像清晰度值及霧度。分別取得耐彎曲性試驗前後之透射圖像清晰度值及霧度之差之絕對值,且分別算出透射圖像清晰度值之差(第1透射圖像清晰度值之差ΔC60 (MD)、第2透射圖像清晰度值之差ΔC60 (TD)及第3透射圖像清晰度值之差ΔC0 )及霧度之差(ΔHaze)。<Bending resistance test> For the optical film, a bending resistance test was carried out in accordance with JIS K 5600-5-1. The bending resistance test was carried out using a small desktop bending tester (manufactured by Yuasa System Co., Ltd.). For the optical film after the bending resistance test, the clarity value of the transmission image and the haze were measured in the same manner as the above-mentioned measuring method. Obtain the absolute values of the difference between the transmission image sharpness value and haze before and after the bending resistance test, and calculate the difference of the transmission image sharpness value (the first transmission image sharpness value difference ΔC 60 (MD) , The difference ΔC 60 (TD) of the second transmission image sharpness value and the difference ΔC 0 ) of the third transmission image sharpness value and the difference of the haze (ΔHaze).

<耐折性試驗(MIT)> 依據ASTM標準D2176-16,以如下方式求出實施例及比較例中之光學膜之彎折次數。使用啞鈴切割機將該光學膜切成寬度15 mm、長度100 mm之短條狀而製作測定試樣。將測定試樣設置於MIT耐折疲勞試驗機(東洋精機製作所股份有限公司製造之「型號0530」)本體。詳細而言,將測定試樣之一端固定於荷重夾鉗(clamp),將另一端固定於彎折夾鉗,對測定試樣施加張力。於該狀態下且於試驗速度175 cpm,彎折角度135°,荷重0.75 kgf,彎折夾鉗之彎曲半徑R=3 mm之條件下向正反方向進行往返彎折運動直至測定試樣斷裂為止。測定上述彎折次數。<Folding resistance test (MIT)> According to ASTM standard D2176-16, the bending times of the optical films in the examples and comparative examples are calculated as follows. A dumbbell cutter was used to cut the optical film into short strips with a width of 15 mm and a length of 100 mm to prepare a measurement sample. The measurement sample was set in the body of the MIT flexural fatigue testing machine ("Model 0530" manufactured by Toyo Seiki Seisakusho Co., Ltd.). Specifically, one end of the measurement sample is fixed to a load clamp (clamp), the other end is fixed to a bending clamp, and tension is applied to the measurement sample. In this state, the test speed is 175 cpm, the bending angle is 135°, the load is 0.75 kgf, and the bending radius of the bending clamp is R=3 mm. The bending movement is carried out in the forward and reverse directions until the test sample breaks. . Measure the number of folds mentioned above.

<視認性> 將光學膜切成10 cm見方。使同尺寸之帶有黏著層之偏光板之MD方向與切割之光學膜之MD方向一致而於上述光學膜貼合帶有黏著層之偏光板,製作評估用試樣。對於1個實施例及比較例之光學膜,分別製作2個評估用試樣。又,對於耐彎曲性試驗後之實施例及比較例之光學膜,亦分別製作2個評估用試樣。 將2個評估用試樣中之一評估用試樣以如下方式固定於台上:讓螢光燈位於評估用試樣平面之垂直方向,且上述螢光燈之長度方向與評估用試樣之MD方向水平。 觀察者以目視自相對於評估用試樣平面之垂直方向傾斜30°之角度觀察評估用試樣表面映出之螢光燈圖像。 除了將螢光燈之長度方向自水平變更為垂直以外,以同樣之方式將另一評估用試樣固定於台上來觀察螢光燈圖像。 基於下述評估基準,根據觀察結果來評估視認性。 (視認性之評估基準) ◎:幾乎未視認到螢光燈圖像之變形。 ○:可稍微視認到螢光燈圖像之變形。 △:視認到螢光燈圖像之變形。 ×:明確視認到螢光燈圖像之變形。<Visibility> Cut the optical film into 10 cm squares. Make the MD direction of the polarizing plate with the adhesive layer of the same size coincide with the MD direction of the cut optical film, and bond the polarizing plate with the adhesive layer to the optical film to prepare an evaluation sample. For the optical films of one example and comparative example, two evaluation samples were prepared respectively. In addition, for the optical films of the examples and the comparative examples after the bending resistance test, two evaluation samples were also produced respectively. Fix one of the two evaluation samples on the table as follows: the fluorescent lamp is positioned in the vertical direction of the evaluation sample plane, and the length direction of the fluorescent lamp is between the length of the evaluation sample MD direction is horizontal. The observer visually observes the fluorescent lamp image reflected on the surface of the evaluation sample at an angle of 30° from the vertical direction of the evaluation sample plane. Except for changing the length direction of the fluorescent lamp from horizontal to vertical, another evaluation sample was fixed on the table in the same manner to observe the fluorescent lamp image. Based on the following evaluation criteria, the visibility is evaluated based on the observation results. (Assessment criteria for visibility) ◎: The distortion of the fluorescent lamp image is hardly recognized. ○: The distortion of the fluorescent lamp image can be slightly seen. △: Distortion of the fluorescent lamp image is visually recognized. ×: The distortion of the fluorescent lamp image is clearly recognized.

(製造例1:聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂(1)之製備) 於氮氣氛圍下,向具備攪拌葉之可分離式燒瓶中以TFMB之固形物成分成為6.08質量%之方式添加TFMB及DMAc,於室溫下進行攪拌使TFMB溶解於DMAc中。然後,向燒瓶中,以相對於TFMB而成為40.82 mol%之方式添加6FDA,於室溫下攪拌16小時。其後,冷卻至10℃之後,以相對於TFMB而成為27.55 mol%之方式添加OMTPC,攪拌10分鐘後,進而以相對於TFMB而成為27.55 mоl%之方式添加OMTPC,攪拌20分鐘。然後,添加與最先添加之DMAc等量之DMAc,攪拌10分鐘之後,以相對於TFMB而成為6.12 mol%之方式添加OMTPC,攪拌2小時。繼而,向燒瓶中添加分別相對於TFMB而為61.22 mol%之二異丙基乙基胺與4-甲基吡啶、相對於TFMB而為285.71 mol%之乙酸酐,攪拌30分鐘之後,使內溫升溫至70℃,進而攪拌3小時,而獲得反應液。 將所得之反應液冷卻至室溫,呈線狀投入至大量之甲醇中,取出析出之沈澱物,於甲醇中浸漬6小時後,利用甲醇進行洗浄。然後,以60℃進行沈澱物之減壓乾燥,而獲得聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂(1)。所得之聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂(1)之重量平均分子量為300,000,醯亞胺化率為99.1%。(Production Example 1: Preparation of polyamide imine resin (1)) Under a nitrogen atmosphere, TFMB and DMAc were added to a separable flask equipped with a stirring blade so that the solid content of TFMB became 6.08% by mass, and stirred at room temperature to dissolve TFMB in DMAc. Then, 6FDA was added to the flask so that it might become 40.82 mol% with respect to TFMB, and it stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. Then, after cooling to 10°C, OMTPC was added so as to become 27.55 mol% with respect to TFMB, and after stirring for 10 minutes, OMTPC was further added so as to become 27.55 mol% with respect to TFMB, and the mixture was stirred for 20 minutes. Then, the same amount of DMAc as the DMAc added first was added, and after stirring for 10 minutes, OMTPC was added so as to be 6.12 mol% with respect to TFMB, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Then, 61.22 mol% of diisopropylethylamine and 4-picoline relative to TFMB, and 285.71 mol% of acetic anhydride relative to TFMB were added to the flask, and after stirring for 30 minutes, the internal temperature The temperature was raised to 70°C and further stirred for 3 hours to obtain a reaction liquid. The obtained reaction liquid was cooled to room temperature, and was linearly poured into a large amount of methanol, and the deposited precipitate was taken out, immersed in methanol for 6 hours, and then washed with methanol. Then, the precipitate was dried under reduced pressure at 60°C to obtain polyimide resin (1). The weight average molecular weight of the obtained polyamide imide resin (1) was 300,000, and the imidization rate was 99.1%.

(製造例2:聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂(2)之製備) 於氮氣氛圍下,向具備攪拌葉之可分離式燒瓶中,以TFMB之固形物成分成為5.22質量%之方式添加TFMB及DMAc,於室溫下進行攪拌使TFMB溶解於DMAc中。然後,向燒瓶中,以相對於TFMB而成為41.24 mol%之方式添加6FDA,於室溫下攪拌16小時。其後,冷卻至10℃之後,以相對於TFMB而成為27.84 mol%之方式添加2,5-二甲基對苯二甲醯氯(以下,有時簡稱為DMTPC),攪拌10分鐘後,進而以相對於TFMB而成為27.84 mоl%之方式添加DMTPC,攪拌20分鐘。然後,添加與最先添加之DMAc等量之DMAc,攪拌10分鐘之後,以相對於TFMB而成為6.19 mol%之方式添加DMTPC,攪拌2小時。繼而,向燒瓶中添加分別相對於TFMB而為61.86 mol%之二異丙基乙基胺與4-甲基吡啶、相對於TFMB而為288.66 mol%之乙酸酐,攪拌30分鐘之後,使內溫升溫至70℃,進而攪拌3小時,而獲得反應液。 將所得之反應液冷卻至室溫,呈線狀投入至大量之甲醇中,取出析出之沈澱物,浸漬於甲醇中6小時後,利用甲醇洗浄。然後,以60℃進行沈澱物之減壓乾燥,而獲得聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂(2)。所得之聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂(2)之重量平均分子量為280,000,醯亞胺化率為98.9%。(Production Example 2: Preparation of polyimide resin (2)) Under a nitrogen atmosphere, in a separable flask equipped with a stirring blade, TFMB and DMAc were added so that the solid content of TFMB became 5.22% by mass, and stirred at room temperature to dissolve TFMB in DMAc. Then, 6FDA was added to the flask so that it might become 41.24 mol% with respect to TFMB, and it stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. Then, after cooling to 10°C, 2,5-dimethylterephthalate chloride (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as DMTPC) was added so as to be 27.84 mol% with respect to TFMB, and after stirring for 10 minutes, DMTPC was added so as to be 27.84 mol% with respect to TFMB, and stirred for 20 minutes. Then, the same amount of DMAc as the DMAc added first was added, and after stirring for 10 minutes, DMTPC was added so as to be 6.19 mol% with respect to TFMB, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Then, 61.86 mol% of diisopropylethylamine and 4-picoline relative to TFMB, and 288.66 mol% of acetic anhydride relative to TFMB were added to the flask, and after stirring for 30 minutes, the internal temperature The temperature was raised to 70°C and further stirred for 3 hours to obtain a reaction liquid. The resulting reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and was linearly poured into a large amount of methanol, and the precipitated precipitate was taken out, immersed in methanol for 6 hours, and then washed with methanol. Then, the precipitate was dried under reduced pressure at 60°C to obtain polyimide resin (2). The weight average molecular weight of the obtained polyamide imide resin (2) was 280,000, and the imidization rate was 98.9%.

(製造例3:二氧化矽分散液之製備) 將經甲醇有機化分散處理之二氧化矽(平均一次粒徑25 nm)中之溶劑甲醇置換成γ-丁內酯(GBL),而獲得經GBL有機化分散處理之二氧化矽(固形物成分30.5%)。將該分散液作為分散液(1)。(Manufacturing Example 3: Preparation of Silica Dispersion Liquid) The solvent methanol in the silicon dioxide (average primary particle size 25 nm) that has been organically dispersed by methanol is replaced with γ-butyrolactone (GBL) to obtain silicon dioxide (solid content) that has been organically dispersed by GBL 30.5%). This dispersion liquid is referred to as dispersion liquid (1).

(製造例4:清漆之製備) 清漆(1)及(2)係藉由向GBL中以成為表1所示之固形物成分之方式添加聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂,並於室溫下攪拌24小時,使其完全溶解而獲得。 清漆(3)係於室溫下向GBL溶劑中以成為表1所示之固形物成分之方式添加聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂與分散液1,並攪拌至均勻而獲得。再者,清漆(3)中之聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂與分散液1中所含之填料(二氧化矽)之質量比設為60:40。 [表1] 清漆 聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂 分散液 黏度(cp) 固形物成分 (質量%) (1) (1) - 40,000 8.5 (2) (2) - 41,000 9.0 (3) (1) (1) 37,000 12.0 (Production Example 4: Preparation of Varnish) Varnishes (1) and (2) were prepared by adding polyimide imine resin to GBL so as to become the solid components shown in Table 1, and stirring at room temperature It is obtained by completely dissolving it in 24 hours. Varnish (3) is obtained by adding polyamideimide resin and dispersion liquid 1 to GBL solvent so as to become the solid components shown in Table 1 at room temperature, and stirring until uniform. Furthermore, the mass ratio of the polyimide imine resin in the varnish (3) to the filler (silica) contained in the dispersion liquid 1 is set to 60:40. [Table 1] Varnish Polyimide resin Dispersions Viscosity (cp) Solid content (mass%) (1) (1) - 40,000 8.5 (2) (2) - 41,000 9.0 (3) (1) (1) 37,000 12.0

(製造例5:硬塗層形成用組合物之製造) 將35質量份之丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯(新中村化學工業股份有限公司製造;UA-122P)、35質量份之丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯(新中村化學工業股份有限公司製造;UA-232P)、25質量份之甲基乙基酮、4.5質量份之光起始劑(1-羥基環己基苯基酮)、0.5質量份之調平劑(BYK-Chemie公司製造;BYK-3570)混合而製造硬塗層形成用組合物(1)。(Production Example 5: Production of composition for forming hard coat layer) 35 parts by mass of urethane acrylate (manufactured by Shinnakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.; UA-122P) and 35 parts by mass of urethane acrylate (manufactured by Shinnakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.; UA-232P) , 25 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone, 4.5 parts by mass of photoinitiator (1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone), and 0.5 parts by mass of leveling agent (manufactured by BYK-Chemie; BYK-3570) The composition (1) for forming a hard coat layer was produced.

<實施例1> (光學膜(1)之製造) 參照圖7及圖8對光學膜(1)之製造進行說明。首先,如圖7所示,將厚度188 μm之聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯膜基材51(東洋紡股份有限公司製造:COSMOSHINE(註冊商標) A4100,以下,有時稱為PET膜基材51)卷出,一面以線速度0.30 m/min進行搬送,一面自噴嘴521向該PET膜基材51上以寬度500 mm利用流延成形而塗佈裝入槽522中之清漆(1)。然後,一面以相同線速度進行搬送,一面於乾燥機53中,以120℃加熱20分鐘,以95℃加熱10分鐘,以85℃加熱10分鐘,使塗佈之清漆乾燥。繼而,將保護膜54(SUN A.KAKEN股份有限公司製造;NSA-33T)自捲筒卷出,貼合於該乾燥塗膜之與PET膜基材51相接之面之相反側的面之後,自該乾燥塗膜剝離PET膜基材51並卷取為PET膜基材捲筒55,且將剩餘之積層體以長度100 m之積層體捲筒56之形式獲得。<Example 1> (Manufacturing of Optical Film (1)) The manufacture of the optical film (1) will be described with reference to Figs. 7 and 8. First, as shown in FIG. 7, a polyethylene terephthalate film base 51 (manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd.: COSMOSHINE (registered trademark) A4100) with a thickness of 188 μm, hereinafter, may be referred to as PET film base 51 ) Is rolled out, and while being transported at a linear speed of 0.30 m/min, the PET film substrate 51 is cast from a nozzle 521 to a width of 500 mm to coat the varnish (1) charged in the tank 522 by casting. Then, while conveying at the same linear speed, it is heated in the dryer 53 at 120°C for 20 minutes, 95°C for 10 minutes, and 85°C for 10 minutes to dry the applied varnish. Then, the protective film 54 (manufactured by SUN A. KAKEN Co., Ltd.; NSA-33T) was rolled out from the reel, and was attached to the surface of the dry coating film on the opposite side to the surface in contact with the PET film substrate 51 , The PET film base material 51 was peeled off from the dried coating film and wound into a PET film base material roll 55, and the remaining laminate was obtained in the form of a laminate roll 56 with a length of 100 m.

其次,如圖8所示,自所得之積層體捲筒56以搬送速度0.5 m/秒卷出積層膜,自該積層膜剝離保護膜54並卷取為保護膜捲筒57,使剩餘之乾燥塗膜通過夾輥201及202之後,於拉幅式乾燥機58中在以下之條件下進行乾燥。再者,拉幅式乾燥機58具備使用夾具固持膜之兩端部之機構。又,內部自膜之入口側被依序劃分為第1室~第6室。 <拉幅式乾燥機58> 夾具固持寬度(自膜之一端至對應之夾具固持部為止之距離):25 mm 乾燥機出口處之膜兩端之夾具間距相對於乾燥機入口處之膜兩端之夾具間距之比:1.0 乾燥機內溫度:200℃ 乾燥機內之各室之風速:第1室13.5 m/秒,第2室13 m/秒,第3~6室11 m/秒Next, as shown in FIG. 8, the laminated film is rolled out from the obtained laminated body roll 56 at a conveying speed of 0.5 m/sec, and the protective film 54 is peeled off from the laminated film and wound into a protective film roll 57, and the rest is dried After the coating film passes through the nip rolls 201 and 202, it is dried in the tenter dryer 58 under the following conditions. Furthermore, the tenter dryer 58 is equipped with a mechanism for holding both ends of the film using clamps. In addition, the inside is divided into the first chamber to the sixth chamber in order from the entrance side of the membrane. <Stenter dryer 58> Clamp holding width (the distance from one end of the film to the corresponding clamp holding part): 25 mm The ratio of the clamp spacing between the two ends of the film at the outlet of the dryer to the clamp spacing between the two ends of the film at the inlet of the dryer: 1.0 Temperature inside the dryer: 200℃ The wind speed of each chamber in the dryer: 13.5 m/sec in the first chamber, 13 m/sec in the second chamber, 11 m/sec in the third to sixth chamber

離開拉幅式乾燥機58之後,解除夾具於膜端部之固持。所得之膜通過夾輥203及204之後,利用切割裝置59將膜之夾具固持部分切成長條,繼而,貼合PET保護膜60並卷取於ABS(Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene,丙烯腈-丁二烯-苯乙烯)製之6英吋之芯上,而以捲筒之形式獲得厚度50 μm之光學膜61。所得之光學膜61中之溶劑殘存量為1.0質量%。After leaving the tenter dryer 58, the clamps are released from the end of the film. After the obtained film passes through the nip rollers 203 and 204, the clip holding part of the film is cut into long strips by the cutting device 59, and then the PET protective film 60 is laminated and wound on ABS (Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene, Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene, Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene). A 6-inch core made of styrene), and an optical film 61 with a thickness of 50 μm is obtained in the form of a roll. The residual amount of the solvent in the obtained optical film 61 was 1.0% by mass.

<實施例2> 除了將清漆(1)變更為清漆(2),將乾燥機53中之乾燥條件變更為以120℃加熱20分鐘,以100℃加熱10分鐘,以90℃加熱10分鐘以外,以與光學膜(1)之製造方法同樣之方式製造膜中之溶劑殘存量為1.0質量%且厚度為49 μm之光學膜(2)。<Example 2> Except changing the varnish (1) to varnish (2), and changing the drying conditions in the dryer 53 to heating at 120°C for 20 minutes, heating at 100°C for 10 minutes, and heating at 90°C for 10 minutes, the optical film ( In the same way as the manufacturing method of 1), an optical film (2) with a residual solvent content of 1.0% by mass and a thickness of 49 μm in the film was manufactured.

<實施例3> (光學膜(3)之製造) 將製造例5中製作之硬塗層形成用組合物(1)以硬化後之第1硬塗層之厚度成為3 μm之方式塗佈於實施例2中獲得之光學膜(2)之製膜時與PET基材膜接觸之面,於80℃之烘箱中乾燥1分鐘。然後,使用高壓水銀燈以光量350 mJ/cm2 照射光,使塗膜硬化而形成第1硬塗層,從而製造包含硬塗層之光學膜(3)。<Example 3> (Production of optical film (3)) The hard-coat layer-forming composition (1) produced in Production Example 5 was applied to the hard-coat layer so that the thickness of the first hard-coat layer after curing became 3 μm The surface in contact with the PET base film of the optical film (2) obtained in Example 2 was dried in an oven at 80°C for 1 minute. Then, a high-pressure mercury lamp was used to irradiate light with a light amount of 350 mJ/cm 2 to harden the coating film to form a first hard coat layer, thereby manufacturing an optical film (3) including a hard coat layer.

<實施例4> 除了將清漆(1)變更為清漆(3),將線速度自0.30 m/min變更為0.50 m/min以外,以與光學膜(1)之製造方法同樣之方式製造膜中之溶劑殘存量為1.0質量%且厚度為51 μm之光學膜(4)。<Example 4> Except for changing the varnish (1) to varnish (3) and changing the line speed from 0.30 m/min to 0.50 m/min, the remaining amount of solvent in the film manufactured in the same way as the manufacturing method of the optical film (1) is 1.0% by mass optical film (4) with a thickness of 51 μm.

<比較例1> 準備厚度50 μm之聚醯亞胺膜(宇部興產股份有限公司製造;UPILEX)作為光學膜(5)。<Comparative example 1> A polyimide film (manufactured by Ube Industries Co., Ltd.; UPILEX) with a thickness of 50 μm was prepared as an optical film (5).

將組合物之配方及光學膜之組成匯總於表2。再者,表2中,欄「HC有無」係將光學膜具備硬塗層之情形設為有,將不具備之情形設為無。The formula of the composition and the composition of the optical film are summarized in Table 2. In addition, in Table 2, the column "HC presence or absence" means that the case where the optical film is provided with a hard coat layer is set to be present, and the case where the optical film is not provided is set to be absent.

[表2]    清漆 膜厚T (μm) HC有無 實施例1 (1) 50 實施例2 (2) 49 實施例3 (2) 52 實施例4 (3) 51 比較例1 - 50 [Table 2] Varnish Film thickness T (μm) HC with or without Example 1 (1) 50 none Example 2 (2) 49 none Example 3 (2) 52 have Example 4 (3) 51 none Comparative example 1 - 50 none

對於實施例及比較例中獲得之膜,依照上述方法測定各物性值。將所得之結果示於表3~表6。For the films obtained in the examples and comparative examples, the physical property values were measured according to the above-mentioned methods. The obtained results are shown in Table 3 to Table 6.

[表3]    光學特性 圖像清晰度值(%) Tt (%) 霧度 (%) YI C0 C60 (MD) C60 (TD) C60 (MD)/C0 C60 (TD)/C0 實施例1 90.8 0.3 1.4 98.0 89.1 89.5 0.909 0.913 實施例2 91.0 0.2 1.6 98.0 91.8 91.0 0.937 0.929 實施例3 90.8 0.3 1.6 97.9 91.5 91.1 0.935 0.931 實施例4 90.2 0.3 1.7 98.4 92.0 92.1 0.935 0.936 比較例1 26.1 3.4 120 95.1 90.7 83.8 0.953 0.881 [table 3] Optical properties Image clarity value (%) Tt (%) Haze (%) YI C 0 C 60 (MD) C 60 (TD) C 60 (MD)/C 0 C 60 (TD)/C 0 Example 1 90.8 0.3 1.4 98.0 89.1 89.5 0.909 0.913 Example 2 91.0 0.2 1.6 98.0 91.8 91.0 0.937 0.929 Example 3 90.8 0.3 1.6 97.9 91.5 91.1 0.935 0.931 Example 4 90.2 0.3 1.7 98.4 92.0 92.1 0.935 0.936 Comparative example 1 26.1 3.4 120 95.1 90.7 83.8 0.953 0.881

[表4]    拉伸彈性模數E (GPa) 耐折性試驗 (次) R0 Rth Rth /R0 實施例1 5.5 >400,000 280 2,800 10.00 實施例2 6.0 >400,000 273 2,750 10.07 實施例3 6.1 >400,000 260 2,500 9.62 實施例4 7.3 >400,000 105 1250 11.90 比較例1 9.6 >800,000 532 1,500 2.82 [Table 4] Tensile modulus E (GPa) Folding endurance test (times) R 0 R th R th /R 0 Example 1 5.5 >400,000 280 2,800 10.00 Example 2 6.0 >400,000 273 2,750 10.07 Example 3 6.1 >400,000 260 2,500 9.62 Example 4 7.3 >400,000 105 1250 11.90 Comparative example 1 9.6 >800,000 532 1,500 2.82

[表5]    圖像清晰度值(%) 圖像清晰度值之差(%) 霧度 彎曲前 彎曲後 ∆C60 (MD) ∆C60 (TD) ∆C0 ∆Haze (%) C60 (MD) C60 (TD) C60 (MD) C60 (TD) 實施例1 89.1 89.5 85.3 84.5 3.8 5.0 0.5 0.3 實施例2 91.8 91.0 90.8 90.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.3 實施例3 91.5 91.1 90.5 90.0 1.0 1.1 0.5 0.2 實施例4 92.0 92.1 91.8 90.5 0.2 1.6 0.5 0.3 比較例1 90.7 83.8 85.2 74.3 5.5 9.5 1.0 0.5 [table 5] Image clarity value (%) Difference of image sharpness value (%) Haze Before bending After bending ∆C 60 (MD) ∆C 60 (TD) ∆C 0 ∆Haze (%) C 60 (MD) C 60 (TD) C 60 (MD) C 60 (TD) Example 1 89.1 89.5 85.3 84.5 3.8 5.0 0.5 0.3 Example 2 91.8 91.0 90.8 90.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.3 Example 3 91.5 91.1 90.5 90.0 1.0 1.1 0.5 0.2 Example 4 92.0 92.1 91.8 90.5 0.2 1.6 0.5 0.3 Comparative example 1 90.7 83.8 85.2 74.3 5.5 9.5 1.0 0.5

[表6]    視認性 垂直方向 水平方向 實施例1 實施例2 實施例3 實施例4 比較例1 × × [Table 6] Visibility Vertical direction horizontal direction Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Example 4 Comparative example 1 X X

確認到全光線透過率及霧度在規定範圍內且滿足數式(1)~(3)的實施例1~4之光學膜為廣角方向之視認性優異之膜。又,確認到本發明之光學膜於本發明之較佳之一態樣中,耐彎曲試驗前後之圖像清晰度值之差及霧度之差較小,即便於反覆彎折操作後廣角方向之視認性亦屬優異。又,本發明之光學膜具有上述特徵且R0 在40~300 nm之範圍內。認為此種光學膜於高溫處理時不易產生翹曲、層間剝離。相對於此,全光線透過率及霧度不在規定範圍內且不滿足數式(1)~(3)的比較例1之光學膜之廣角方向之視認性不佳。又,R0 超過300 nm,認為是應變較大之膜。It was confirmed that the optical films of Examples 1 to 4 in which the total light transmittance and the haze are within the predetermined ranges and satisfy the equations (1) to (3) are films with excellent visibility in the wide-angle direction. In addition, it was confirmed that the optical film of the present invention is in a preferred aspect of the present invention, the difference in image sharpness value before and after the bending resistance test and the difference in haze are small, even after repeated bending operations in the wide-angle direction Visibility is also excellent. In addition, the optical film of the present invention has the above-mentioned characteristics and R 0 is in the range of 40 to 300 nm. It is believed that this kind of optical film is not prone to warpage and interlayer peeling during high-temperature processing. In contrast, the optical film of Comparative Example 1 in which the total light transmittance and haze are not within the prescribed ranges and does not satisfy the equations (1) to (3) has poor visibility in the wide-angle direction. In addition, R 0 exceeding 300 nm is considered to be a film with a large strain.

1:光學膜 3:垂直軸 10:第1入射光 11:第1入射位置 12:第1a透過光 14:第1光軸 16:第1光梳 18:第1b透過光 19:第1受光器 20:第2入射光 21:第2入射位置 22:第2a透過光 24:第2光軸 26:第2光梳 28:第2b透過光 29:第2受光器 30:第3入射光 31:第3入射位置 32:第3a透過光 34:第3光軸 36:第3光梳 38:第3b透過光 39:第3受光器 40:區域 41:區域 42:區域 43:固持裝置 44:原料膜 45:樹脂膜 46:上側噴嘴(噴嘴) 47:下側噴嘴(噴嘴) 48:噴嘴 49:IR加熱器 51:PET膜基材 53:乾燥機 54:保護膜 55:PET膜基材捲筒 56:積層體捲筒 57:保護膜捲筒 58:拉幅式乾燥機 59:切割裝置 60:PET保護膜 61:光學膜 100:拉幅爐 100a:上表面 100b:下表面 101~109:導輥 201:夾輥 202:夾輥 201~204:夾輥 521:噴嘴 522:槽 A:膜之搬送方向1: Optical film 3: vertical axis 10: 1st incident light 11: The first incident position 12: 1a transmitted light 14: 1st optical axis 16: 1st optical comb 18: 1b transmitted light 19: The first light receiver 20: 2nd incident light 21: 2nd incident position 22: 2a transmitted light 24: 2nd optical axis 26: 2nd light comb 28: 2b transmitted light 29: The second light receiver 30: 3rd incident light 31: 3rd incident position 32: 3a transmitted light 34: 3rd optical axis 36: 3rd light comb 38: 3b transmitted light 39: 3rd receiver 40: area 41: area 42: area 43: holding device 44: raw film 45: Resin film 46: Upper nozzle (nozzle) 47: Lower side nozzle (nozzle) 48: Nozzle 49: IR heater 51: PET film substrate 53: Dryer 54: Protective film 55: PET film substrate roll 56: Laminated body reel 57: Protective film roll 58: Tenter dryer 59: Cutting device 60: PET protective film 61: Optical film 100: Tenter furnace 100a: upper surface 100b: bottom surface 101~109: Guide roller 201: nip roller 202: nip roller 201~204: nip roller 521: Nozzle 522: slot A: The transport direction of the film

圖1係表示第1透射圖像清晰度值之測定時之光軸之圖。 圖2係表示第2透射圖像清晰度值之測定時之光軸之圖。 圖3係表示第3透射圖像清晰度值之測定時之光軸之圖。 圖4係模式性表示本發明之光學膜之製造方法之較佳實施方式的步驟剖視圖。 圖5係模式性表示本發明之光學膜之製造方法中之加熱步驟的較佳實施方式之步驟剖視圖。 圖6係模式性表示本發明之光學膜之製造方法中之拉幅爐內的較佳實施方式之步驟剖視圖。 圖7係用於對實施例中之光學膜之製造方法進行說明之概略圖。 圖8係用於對實施例中之光學膜之製造方法進行說明之概略圖。Fig. 1 is a diagram showing the optical axis when the sharpness value of the first transmission image is measured. Fig. 2 is a diagram showing the optical axis when the sharpness value of the second transmission image is measured. Fig. 3 is a diagram showing the optical axis when the third transmission image sharpness value is measured. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the steps of a preferred embodiment of the method of manufacturing the optical film of the present invention. 5 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a preferred embodiment of the heating step in the method of manufacturing the optical film of the present invention. Fig. 6 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the steps of a preferred embodiment in the tenter furnace in the manufacturing method of the optical film of the present invention. FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram for explaining the manufacturing method of the optical film in the embodiment. Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram for explaining the manufacturing method of the optical film in the embodiment.

1:光學膜 1: Optical film

3:垂直軸 3: vertical axis

10:第1入射光 10: 1st incident light

11:第1入射位置 11: The first incident position

12:第1a透過光 12: 1a transmitted light

14:第1光軸 14: 1st optical axis

16:第1光梳 16: 1st optical comb

18:第1b透過光 18: 1b transmitted light

19:第1受光器 19: The first light receiver

A:膜之搬送方向 A: The transport direction of the film

Claims (12)

一種光學膜,其係包含選自由聚醯亞胺系樹脂及聚醯胺系樹脂所組成之群中之至少一種樹脂者,其全光線透過率為85%以上,霧度為0.5%以下,面內相位差R0 為40 nm~300 nm, 於將上述光學膜面內與製造時之機械流動方向平行之方向設為MD方向、與該機械流動方向垂直之方向設為TD方向時, 依據JIS K 7374於光梳之寬度為0.125 mm之情形時所得之自相對於該光學膜之平面垂直之方向朝該MD方向傾斜60°之方向的第1透射圖像清晰度值C60 (MD)、自該垂直方向朝該TD方向傾斜60°之方向之第2透射圖像清晰度值C60 (TD)、及該垂直方向之第3透射圖像清晰度值C0 滿足以下數式, 數式(1): 87%≦C60 (MD)≦100%……(1); 數式(2): 87%≦C60 (TD)≦100%……(2);及 數式(3): 0.8≦C60 (MD)/C0 ≦1.0……(3)。An optical film comprising at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide resins and polyimide resins, with a total light transmittance of 85% or more, and a haze of 0.5% or less. The internal phase difference R 0 is 40 nm to 300 nm. When the direction parallel to the mechanical flow direction during manufacture of the above-mentioned optical film is set to the MD direction, and the direction perpendicular to the mechanical flow direction is set to the TD direction, it is based on JIS K 7374, when the width of the optical comb is 0.125 mm, is the first transmission image clarity value C 60 (MD), obtained from a direction perpendicular to the plane of the optical film, which is inclined 60° to the MD direction, The second transmission image sharpness value C 60 (TD) in the direction inclined 60° from the vertical direction to the TD direction, and the third transmission image sharpness value C 0 in the vertical direction satisfy the following formula: (1): 87%≦C 60 (MD)≦100%……(1); formula (2): 87%≦C 60 (TD)≦100%……(2); and formula (3) : 0.8≦C 60 (MD)/C 0 ≦1.0……(3). 如請求項1之光學膜,其中上述第2透射圖像清晰度值及上述第3透射圖像清晰度值進而滿足數式(4): 0.9≦C60 (TD)/C0 ≦1.0……(4)。Such as the optical film of claim 1, wherein the second transmission image clarity value and the third transmission image clarity value further satisfy the formula (4): 0.9≦C 60 (TD)/C 0 ≦1.0... (4). 如請求項1或2之光學膜,其面內相位差R0 nm與厚度方向之相位差Rth nm滿足數式(5): 3≦Rth /R0 ≦200……(5)。For the optical film of claim 1 or 2, the in-plane phase difference R 0 nm and the thickness direction phase difference R th nm satisfy the formula (5): 3≦R th /R 0 ≦200......(5). 如請求項1至3中任一項之光學膜,其中依據JIS K 5600-5-1之耐彎曲性試驗前後之上述霧度之差ΔHaze未達0.3%。The optical film of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the difference ΔHaze between the above-mentioned haze before and after the bending resistance test according to JIS K 5600-5-1 is less than 0.3%. 如請求項1至4中任一項之光學膜,其中依據JIS K 5600-5-1之耐彎曲性試驗前後之上述第1透射圖像清晰度值之差ΔC60 (MD)、上述第2透射圖像清晰度值之差ΔC60 (TD)、及上述第3透射圖像清晰度值之差ΔC0 分別未達15。The optical film of any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the difference between the first transmission image clarity value ΔC 60 (MD) before and after the bending resistance test according to JIS K 5600-5-1, the second The difference ΔC 60 (TD) of the transmission image sharpness value and the difference ΔC 0 of the third transmission image sharpness value are less than 15 respectively. 如請求項1至5中任一項之光學膜,其中選自由聚醯亞胺系樹脂及聚醯胺系樹脂所組成之群中之樹脂之重量平均分子量為350,000以下。The optical film according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the weight average molecular weight of the resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide resins and polyimide resins is 350,000 or less. 如請求項1至6中任一項之光學膜,其厚度為10~150 μm。The optical film according to any one of claims 1 to 6, which has a thickness of 10 to 150 μm. 如請求項1至7中任一項之光學膜,其於至少一面具有硬塗層。The optical film according to any one of claims 1 to 7, which has a hard coat layer on at least one side. 如請求項8之光學膜,其中上述硬塗層之厚度為3~30 μm。The optical film of claim 8, wherein the thickness of the hard coat layer is 3-30 μm. 一種可撓式顯示裝置,其具備如請求項1至9中任一項之光學膜。A flexible display device is provided with the optical film as claimed in any one of claims 1-9. 如請求項10之可撓式顯示裝置,其進而具備觸控感測器。For example, the flexible display device of claim 10 further includes a touch sensor. 如請求項10或11之可撓式顯示裝置,其進而具備偏光板。For example, the flexible display device of claim 10 or 11 is further provided with a polarizing plate.
TW110109112A 2020-03-18 2021-03-15 Optical film and flexible display device that comprises at least one resin selected from a group consisting of a polyimide resin and a polyamide resin and has a total light transmittance of 85% or more and a haze of 0.5% or less, and an in-plane phase difference RO of 40-300 nm TW202142408A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020-048406 2020-03-18
JP2020048406A JP2021148938A (en) 2020-03-18 2020-03-18 Optical film and flexible display device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202142408A true TW202142408A (en) 2021-11-16

Family

ID=77752852

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW110109112A TW202142408A (en) 2020-03-18 2021-03-15 Optical film and flexible display device that comprises at least one resin selected from a group consisting of a polyimide resin and a polyamide resin and has a total light transmittance of 85% or more and a haze of 0.5% or less, and an in-plane phase difference RO of 40-300 nm

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2021148938A (en)
KR (1) KR20210117964A (en)
CN (1) CN113429611A (en)
TW (1) TW202142408A (en)

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009073960A (en) * 2007-09-21 2009-04-09 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Optical film
JP4957592B2 (en) 2008-03-10 2012-06-20 新日本理化株式会社 Polyimide resin composition and molded body thereof
JP6035764B2 (en) * 2012-02-14 2016-11-30 大日本印刷株式会社 Optical laminate, polarizing plate, and image display device
JP6952735B2 (en) * 2018-04-27 2021-10-20 住友化学株式会社 Optical film, optical laminate and flexible image display device
JP2020003781A (en) * 2018-06-22 2020-01-09 住友化学株式会社 Resin film, and resin film manufacturing method
JP6541856B1 (en) * 2018-10-02 2019-07-10 住友化学株式会社 Optical film, flexible display device, and method of manufacturing optical film

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113429611A (en) 2021-09-24
JP2021148938A (en) 2021-09-27
KR20210117964A (en) 2021-09-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6896787B2 (en) Optical film, optical laminate and flexible image display device
JP2021107922A (en) Optical film, optical laminate, and flexible image display device
TW202122471A (en) Optical film and flexible display device containing a polyamide-based resin and having excellent bending resistance and a high elastic modulus
TW202033628A (en) Optical film
TW202003256A (en) Optical film having excellent impact resistance
TW202140627A (en) Optical film and flexible display device providing an optical film having excellent visibility in a wide-angle direction and having sufficient mechanical properties even in a low temperature environment
TW202022020A (en) Optical film having the image to be visually recognized with high sharpness without distortion
JP7469087B2 (en) Optical film and flexible display device
TW202142408A (en) Optical film and flexible display device that comprises at least one resin selected from a group consisting of a polyimide resin and a polyamide resin and has a total light transmittance of 85% or more and a haze of 0.5% or less, and an in-plane phase difference RO of 40-300 nm
TW202140625A (en) Optical film and flexible display device providing an optical film having excellent visibility in a wide-angle direction even after repeated bending operations
TW202142604A (en) Optical film and flexible display device with excellent visibility in a wide-angle direction and sufficient mechanical properties even in a low temperature environment
KR20210117963A (en) Optical film and flexible display device
TW202248295A (en) Optical film
TW202302718A (en) Optical laminate and flexible display device
JP2022163714A (en) Optical laminate and flexible display device
TW202037643A (en) Optical film, flexible display device, and polyamide-imide resin
TW202003651A (en) Optical film capable of suppressing a decrease in optical characteristics due to repeated collision of an object
TW202035527A (en) Optical film, flexible display device and polyamide-imide resin
TW202126728A (en) Optical film and flexible display device
CN114599739A (en) Optical film and flexible display device